This patch extends bpf_tunnel_key with a tunnel_label member, that maps
to ip_tunnel_key's label so underlying backends like vxlan and geneve
can propagate the label to udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb(), where it's being set
in the IPv6 header. It allows for having 20 more bits to encode/decode
flow related meta information programmatically. Tested with vxlan and
geneve.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Will be used in a following patch to query if a key is being used, and
what it's value in the target object.
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amir@vadai.me>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The assumptions from commit 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan
device"), 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support") and 3c1cb4d260
("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels") on dst_cache usage
when ip_tunnel_info is used is unfortunately not always valid as assumed.
While it seems correct for ip_tunnel_info front-ends such as OVS, eBPF
however can fill in ip_tunnel_info for consumers like vxlan, geneve or gre
with different remote dsts, tos, etc, therefore they cannot be assumed as
packet independent.
Right now vxlan, geneve, gre would cache the dst for eBPF and every packet
would reuse the same entry that was first created on the initial route
lookup. eBPF doesn't store/cache the ip_tunnel_info, so each skb may have
a different one.
Fix it by adding a flag that checks the ip_tunnel_info. Also the !tos test
in vxlan needs to be handeled differently in this context as it is currently
inferred from ip_tunnel_info as well if present. ip_tunnel_dst_cache_usable()
helper is added for the three tunnel cases, which checks if we can use dst
cache.
Fixes: 0c1d70af92 ("net: use dst_cache for vxlan device")
Fixes: 468dfffcd7 ("geneve: add dst caching support")
Fixes: 3c1cb4d260 ("net/ipv4: add dst cache support for gre lwtunnels")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After eBPF being able to programmatically access/manage tunnel key meta
data via commit d3aa45ce6b ("bpf: add helpers to access tunnel metadata")
and more recently also for IPv6 through c6c3345407 ("bpf: support ipv6
for bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key"), this work adds two complementary
helpers to generically access their auxiliary tunnel options.
Geneve and vxlan support this facility. For geneve, TLVs can be pushed,
and for the vxlan case its GBP extension. I.e. setting tunnel key for geneve
case only makes sense, if we can also read/write TLVs into it. In the GBP
case, it provides the flexibility to easily map the group policy ID in
combination with other helpers or maps.
I chose to model this as two separate helpers, bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_opt(),
for a couple of reasons. bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key() is already rather
complex by itself, and there may be cases for tunnel key backends where
tunnel options are not always needed. If we would have integrated this
into bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key() nevertheless, we are very limited with
remaining helper arguments, so keeping compatibility on structs in case of
passing in a flat buffer gets more cumbersome. Separating both also allows
for more flexibility and future extensibility, f.e. options could be fed
directly from a map, etc.
Moreover, change geneve's xmit path to test only for info->options_len
instead of TUNNEL_GENEVE_OPT flag. This makes it more consistent with vxlan's
xmit path and allows for avoiding to specify a protocol flag in the API on
xmit, so it can be protocol agnostic. Having info->options_len is enough
information that is needed. Tested with vxlan and geneve.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added by 9a628224a6 ("ip_tunnel: Add dont fragment flag."), allow to
feed df flag into tunneling facilities (currently supported on TX by
vxlan, geneve and gre) as a hint from eBPF's bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key()
helper.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are only used here, so there's no reason they should not be static.
Only the vlan push/pop protos are used in the test_bpf suite.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When overwriting parts of the packet with bpf_skb_store_bytes() that
were fed previously into skb->hash calculation, we should clear the
current hash with skb_clear_hash(), so that a next skb_get_hash() call
can determine the correct hash related to this skb.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 7d672345ed ("bpf: add generic bpf_csum_diff helper") added a
generic checksum diff helper that can feed bpf_l4_csum_replace() with
a target __wsum diff that is to be applied to the L4 checksum. This
facility is very flexible, can be cascaded, allows for adding, removing,
or diffing data, or for calculating the pseudo header checksum from
scratch, but it can also be reused for working with the IPv4 header
checksum.
Thus, analogous to bpf_l4_csum_replace(), add a case for header field
value of 0 to change the checksum at a given offset through a new helper
csum_replace_by_diff(). Also, in addition to that, this provides an
easy to use interface for feeding precalculated diffs f.e. coming from
a map. It nicely complements bpf_l3_csum_replace() that currently allows
only for csum updates of 2 and 4 byte diffs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several cases of overlapping changes, as well as one instance
(vxlan) of a bug fix in 'net' overlapping with code movement
in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
3b766cd832 ("net/core: Add reading VF
statistics through the PF netdevice") added that variable but it's never
been used.
Signed-off-by: Eric Engestrom <eric.engestrom@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since offset is zero, it's not necessary to use set function.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After commit 52bd2d62ce ("net: better skb->sender_cpu and skb->napi_id cohabitation")
skb_sender_cpu_clear() becomes empty and can be removed.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce devlink infrastructure for drivers to register and expose to
userspace via generic Netlink interface.
There are two basic objects defined:
devlink - one instance for every "parent device", for example switch ASIC
devlink port - one instance for every physical port of the device.
This initial portion implements basic get/dump of objects to userspace.
Also, port splitter and port type setting is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the send skbuff reaches the end, nlmsg_put and friends returns
-EMSGSIZE but it is silently thrown away in ndo_fdb_dump. It is called
within a for_each_netdev loop and the first fdb entry of a following
netdev could fit in the remaining skbuff. This breaks the mechanism
of cb->args[0] and idx to keep track of the entries that are already
dumped, which results missing entries in bridge fdb show command.
Signed-off-by: Minoura Makoto <minoura@valinux.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch defines a new ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS/SLINKSETTINGS API,
handled by the new get_link_ksettings/set_link_ksettings callbacks.
This API provides support for most legacy ethtool_cmd fields, adds
support for larger link mode masks (up to 4064 bits, variable length),
and removes ethtool_cmd deprecated
fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt).
This API is deprecating the legacy ETHTOOL_GSET/SSET API and provides
the following backward compatibility properties:
- legacy ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the
get_settings/set_settings callbacks.
- legacy ethtool with new get/set_link_ksettings drivers: the new
driver callbacks are used, data internally converted to legacy
ethtool_cmd. ETHTOOL_GSET will return only the 1st 32b of each link
mode mask. ETHTOOL_SSET will fail if user tries to set the
ethtool_cmd deprecated fields to
non-0 (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt). A kernel warning is logged if
driver sets higher bits.
- future ethtool with legacy drivers: no change, still using the
get_settings/set_settings callbacks, internally converted to new data
structure. Deprecated fields (transceiver/maxrxpkt/maxtxpkt) will be
ignored and seen as 0 from user space. Note that that "future"
ethtool tool will not allow changes to these deprecated fields.
- future ethtool with new drivers: direct call to the new callbacks.
By "future" ethtool, what is meant is:
- query: first try ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS, and revert to ETHTOOL_GSET if
fails
- set: query first and remember which of ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS or
ETHTOOL_GSET was successful
+ if ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS was successful, then change config with
ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS. A failure there is final (do not try
ETHTOOL_SSET).
+ otherwise ETHTOOL_GSET was successful, change config with
ETHTOOL_SSET. A failure there is final (do not try
ETHTOOL_SLINKSETTINGS).
The interaction user/kernel via the new API requires a small
ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS handshake first to agree on the length of the link
mode bitmaps. If kernel doesn't agree with user, it returns the bitmap
length it is expecting from user as a negative length (and cmd field is
0). When kernel and user agree, kernel returns valid info in all
fields (ie. link mode length > 0 and cmd is ETHTOOL_GLINKSETTINGS).
Data structure crossing user/kernel boundary is 32/64-bit
agnostic. Converted internally to a legal kernel bitmap.
The internal __ethtool_get_settings kernel helper will gradually be
replaced by __ethtool_get_link_ksettings by the time the first
"link_settings" drivers start to appear. So this patch doesn't change
it, it will be removed before it needs to be changed.
Signed-off-by: David Decotigny <decot@googlers.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add the SO_CNX_ADVICE socket option (setsockopt only). The
purpose is to allow an application to give feedback to the kernel about
the quality of the network path for a connected socket. The value
argument indicates the type of quality report. For this initial patch
the only supported advice is a value of 1 which indicates "bad path,
please reroute"-- the action taken by the kernel is to call
dst_negative_advice which will attempt to choose a different ECMP route,
reset the TX hash for flow label and UDP source port in encapsulation,
etc.
This facility should be useful for connected UDP sockets where only the
application can provide any feedback about path quality. It could also
be useful for TCP applications that have additional knowledge about the
path outside of the normal TCP control loop.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to update the skb->csum after pulling the skb, otherwise
an unnecessary checksum (re)computation can ocure for IGMP/MLD packets
in the bridge code. Additionally this fixes the following splats for
network devices / bridge ports with support for and enabled RX checksum
offloading:
[...]
[ 43.986968] eth0: hw csum failure
[ 43.990344] CPU: 3 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/3 Not tainted 4.4.0 #2
[ 43.996193] Hardware name: BCM2709
[ 43.999647] [<800204e0>] (unwind_backtrace) from [<8001cf14>] (show_stack+0x10/0x14)
[ 44.007432] [<8001cf14>] (show_stack) from [<801ab614>] (dump_stack+0x80/0x90)
[ 44.014695] [<801ab614>] (dump_stack) from [<802e4548>] (__skb_checksum_complete+0x6c/0xac)
[ 44.023090] [<802e4548>] (__skb_checksum_complete) from [<803a055c>] (ipv6_mc_validate_checksum+0x104/0x178)
[ 44.032959] [<803a055c>] (ipv6_mc_validate_checksum) from [<802e111c>] (skb_checksum_trimmed+0x130/0x188)
[ 44.042565] [<802e111c>] (skb_checksum_trimmed) from [<803a06e8>] (ipv6_mc_check_mld+0x118/0x338)
[ 44.051501] [<803a06e8>] (ipv6_mc_check_mld) from [<803b2c98>] (br_multicast_rcv+0x5dc/0xd00)
[ 44.060077] [<803b2c98>] (br_multicast_rcv) from [<803aa510>] (br_handle_frame_finish+0xac/0x51c)
[...]
Fixes: 9afd85c9e4 ("net: Export IGMP/MLD message validation code")
Reported-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The fix in 35e2d1152b ("tunnels: Allow IPv6 UDP checksums to be correctly
controlled.") changed behavior for bpf_set_tunnel_key() when in use with
IPv6 and thus uncovered a bug that TUNNEL_CSUM needed to be set but wasn't.
As a result, the stack dropped ingress vxlan IPv6 packets, that have been
sent via eBPF through collect meta data mode due to checksum now being zero.
Since after LCO, we enable IPv4 checksum by default, so make that analogous
and only provide a flag BPF_F_ZERO_CSUM_TX for the user to turn it off in
IPv4 case.
Fixes: 35e2d1152b ("tunnels: Allow IPv6 UDP checksums to be correctly controlled.")
Fixes: c6c3345407 ("bpf: support ipv6 for bpf_skb_{set,get}_tunnel_key")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IPv6 parsing was using a local pointer when it could use the same
pointer as the IPv4 portion of the code since the key_addrs can support
both IPv4 and IPv6 as it is just a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flow dissector bits handling FCoE didn't bother to actually validate
that the space there was enough for the FCoE header. So we need to update
things so that if there is room we add the header and report a good result,
otherwise we do not add the header, and report the bad result.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It turns out that for IPv4 we were reporting the ip_proto of the fragment,
and for IPv6 we were not. This patch updates that behavior so that we
always report the IP protocol of the fragment. In addition it takes the
steps of updating the payload offset code so that we will determine the
start of the payload not including the L4 header for any fragment after the
first.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects the logic for the IPv4 parsing so that it is consistent
with how we handle IPv6. Specifically if we do not have the flow key
indicating we want the addresses we still may need to take a look at the IP
fragmentation bits and to see if we should stop after we have recognized
the L3 header.
Fixes: 807e165dc4 ("flow_dissector: Add control/reporting of fragmentation")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c
drivers/net/phy/marvell.c
drivers/net/vxlan.c
All three conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While debugging with bpf_jit_disasm I noticed emissions of 'mov %eax,%eax',
and found that this comes from BPF_RET | BPF_A translations from classic
BPF. Emitting this is unnecessary as BPF_REG_A is mapped into BPF_REG_0
already, therefore only emit a mov when immediates are used as return value.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using this helper for updating UDP checksums, we need to extend
this in order to write CSUM_MANGLED_0 for csum computations that result
into 0 as sum. Reason we need this is because packets with a checksum
could otherwise become incorrectly marked as a packet without a checksum.
Likewise, if the user indicates BPF_F_MARK_MANGLED_0, then we should
not turn packets without a checksum into ones with a checksum.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we're dealing with clones and the area is not writeable, try
harder and get a copy via pskb_expand_head(). Replace also other
occurences in tc actions with the new skb_try_make_writable().
Reported-by: Ashhad Sheikh <ashhadsheikh394@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently limit bpf_skb_store_bytes() and bpf_skb_load_bytes()
helpers to only store or load a maximum buffer of 16 bytes. Thus,
loading, rewriting and storing headers require several bpf_skb_load_bytes()
and bpf_skb_store_bytes() calls.
Also here we can use a per-cpu scratch buffer instead in order to not
pressure stack space any further. I do suspect that this limit was mainly
set in place for this particular reason. So, ease program development
by removing this limitation and make the scratchpad generic, so it can
be reused.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For L4 checksums, we currently have bpf_l4_csum_replace() helper. It's
currently limited to handle 2 and 4 byte changes in a header and feeds the
from/to into inet_proto_csum_replace{2,4}() helpers of the kernel. When
working with IPv6, for example, this makes it rather cumbersome to deal
with, similarly when editing larger parts of a header.
Instead, extend the API in a more generic way: For bpf_l4_csum_replace(),
add a case for header field mask of 0 to change the checksum at a given
offset through inet_proto_csum_replace_by_diff(), and provide a helper
bpf_csum_diff() that can generically calculate a from/to diff for arbitrary
amounts of data.
This can be used in multiple ways: for the bpf_l4_csum_replace() only
part, this even provides us with the option to insert precalculated diffs
from user space f.e. from a map, or from bpf_csum_diff() during runtime.
bpf_csum_diff() has a optional from/to stack buffer input, so we can
calculate a diff by using a scratchbuffer for scenarios where we're
inserting (from is NULL), removing (to is NULL) or diffing (from/to buffers
don't need to be of equal size) data. Also, bpf_csum_diff() allows to
feed a previous csum into csum_partial(), so the function can also be
cascaded.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The lwt implementations using net devices can autoload using the
existing mechanism using IFLA_INFO_KIND. However, there's no mechanism
that lwt modules not using net devices can use.
Therefore, add the ability to autoload modules registering lwt
operations for lwt implementations not using a net device so that
users don't have to manually load the modules.
Only users with the CAP_NET_ADMIN capability can cause modules to be
loaded, which is ensured by rtnetlink_rcv_msg rejecting non-RTM_GETxxx
messages for users without this capability, and by
lwtunnel_build_state not being called in response to RTM_GETxxx
messages.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace individual implementations with the recently introduced
skb_postpush_rcsum() helper.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_SCOALESCE for ioctl
ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface set_per_queue_coalesce to
set coalesce of each masked queue to device driver. The wanted coalesce
information are stored in "data" for each masked queue, which can copy
from userspace.
If it fails to set coalesce to device driver, the value which already
set to specific queue will be tried to rollback.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements sub command ETHTOOL_GCOALESCE for ioctl
ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE. It introduces an interface get_per_queue_coalesce to
get coalesce of each masked queue from device driver. Then the interrupt
coalescing parameters will be copied back to user space one by one.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a new ioctl ETHTOOL_PERQUEUE for per queue parameters setting.
The following patches will enable some SUB_COMMANDs for per queue
setting.
Signed-off-by: Kan Liang <kan.liang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My implementation around IFF_NO_QUEUE driver flag assumed that leaving
tx_queue_len untouched (specifically: not setting it to zero) by drivers
would make it possible to assign a regular qdisc to them without having
to worry about setting tx_queue_len to a useful value. This was only
partially true: I overlooked that some drivers don't call ether_setup()
and therefore not initialize tx_queue_len to the default value of 1000.
Consequently, removing the workarounds in place for that case in qdisc
implementations which cared about it (namely, pfifo, bfifo, gred, htb,
plug and sfb) leads to problems with these specific interface types and
qdiscs.
Luckily, there's already a sanitization point for drivers setting
tx_queue_len to zero, which can be reused to assign the fallback value
most qdisc implementations used, which is 1.
Fixes: 348e3435cb ("net: sched: drop all special handling of tx_queue_len == 0")
Tested-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ever since commit 04ed3e741d
("net: change netdev->features to u32") the format string
fmt_long_hex has not been used, so we may as well remove it.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 3ed80a6 (cgroup: drop module support) made including
module.h redundant in the net cgroup controllers,
netclassid_cgroup.c and netprio_cgroup.c. This patch
removes them.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Its useful to turn off the qdisc offload feature at a per device
level. This gives us a big hammer to enable/disable offloading.
More fine grained control (i.e. per rule) may be supported later.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case of UDP traffic with datagram length
below MTU this give about 2% performance increase
when tunneling over ipv4 and about 60% when tunneling
over ipv6
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch add a generic, lockless dst cache implementation.
The need for lock is avoided updating the dst cache fields
only in per cpu scope, and requiring that the cache manipulation
functions are invoked with the local bh disabled.
The refresh_ts and reset_ts fields are used to ensure the cache
consistency in case of cuncurrent cache update (dst_cache_set*) and
reset operation (dst_cache_reset).
Consider the following scenario:
CPU1: CPU2:
<cache lookup with emtpy cache: it fails>
<get dst via uncached route lookup>
<related configuration changes>
dst_cache_reset()
dst_cache_set()
The dst entry set passed to dst_cache_set() should not be used
for later dst cache lookup, because it's obtained using old
configuration values.
Since the refresh_ts is updated only on dst_cache lookup, the
cached value in the above scenario will be discarded on the next
lookup.
Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
Suggested-and-acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch corrects the unaligned accesses seen on GRE TEB tunnels when
generating hash keys. Specifically what this patch does is make it so that
we force the use of skb_copy_bits when the GRE inner headers will be
unaligned due to NET_IP_ALIGNED being a non-zero value.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a sanity check to ensure that all requested channel sizes are within
bounds, which should reduce errors in driver implementation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet drivers implementing both {GS}RXFH and {GS}CHANNELS ethtool ops
incorrectly allow SCHANNELS when it would conflict with the settings
from SRXFH. This occurs because it is not possible for drivers to
understand whether their Rx flow indirection table has been configured
or is in the default state. In addition, drivers currently behave in
various ways when increasing the number of Rx channels.
Some drivers will always destroy the Rx flow indirection table when this
occurs, whether it has been set by the user or not. Other drivers will
attempt to preserve the table even if the user has never modified it
from the default driver settings. Neither of these situation is
desirable because it leads to unexpected behavior or loss of user
configuration.
The correct behavior is to simply return -EINVAL when SCHANNELS would
conflict with the current Rx flow table settings. However, it should
only do so if the current settings were modified by the user. If we
required that the new settings never conflict with the current (default)
Rx flow settings, we would force users to first reduce their Rx flow
settings and then reduce the number of Rx channels.
This patch proposes a solution implemented in net/core/ethtool.c which
ensures that all drivers behave correctly. It checks whether the RXFH
table has been configured to non-default settings, and stores this
information in a private netdev flag. When the number of channels is
requested to change, it first ensures that the current Rx flow table is
not going to assign flows to now disabled channels.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network stack defers SKBs free, in-case free happens in IRQ or
when IRQs are disabled. This happens in __dev_kfree_skb_irq() that
writes SKBs that were free'ed during IRQ to the softirq completion
queue (softnet_data.completion_queue).
These SKBs are naturally delayed, and cleaned up during NET_TX_SOFTIRQ
in function net_tx_action(). Take advantage of this a use the skb
defer and flush API, as we are already in softirq context.
For modern drivers this rarely happens. Although most drivers do call
dev_kfree_skb_any(), which detects the situation and calls
__dev_kfree_skb_irq() when needed. This due to netpoll can call from
IRQ context.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discovered that network stack were hitting the kmem_cache/SLUB
slowpath when freeing SKBs. Doing bulk free with kmem_cache_free_bulk
can speedup this slowpath.
NAPI context is a bit special, lets take advantage of that for bulk
free'ing SKBs.
In NAPI context we are running in softirq, which gives us certain
protection. A softirq can run on several CPUs at once. BUT the
important part is a softirq will never preempt another softirq running
on the same CPU. This gives us the opportunity to access per-cpu
variables in softirq context.
Extend napi_alloc_cache (before only contained page_frag_cache) to be
a struct with a small array based stack for holding SKBs. Introduce a
SKB defer and flush API for accessing this.
Introduce napi_consume_skb() as replacement for e.g. dev_consume_skb_any()
when running in NAPI context. A small trick to handle/detect if we
are called from netpoll is to see if budget is 0. In that case, we
need to invoke dev_consume_skb_irq().
Joint work with Alexander Duyck.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables us to use inner checksum offloads if provided by
hardware with outer checksums computed by software.
It basically reduces encap_hdr_csum to an advisory flag for now, but based
on the fact that SCTP may be getting segmentation support before long I
thought we may want to keep it as it is possible we may need to support
CRC32c and 1's compliment checksum in the same packet at some point in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The call skb_has_shared_frag is used in the GRE path and skb_checksum_help
to verify that no frags can be modified by an external entity. This check
really doesn't belong in the GRE path but in the skb_segment function
itself. This way any protocol that might be segmented will be performing
this check before attempting to offload a checksum to software.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch addresses two main issues.
First in the case of remote checksum offload we were avoiding dealing with
scatter-gather issues. As a result it would be possible to assemble a
series of frames that used frags instead of being linearized as they should
have if remote checksum offload was enabled.
Second I have updated the code so that we now let GSO take care of doing
the checksum on the data itself and drop the special case that was added
for remote checksum offload.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves the checksum maintained by GSO out of skb->csum and into
the GSO context block in order to allow for us to work on outer checksums
while maintaining the inner checksum offsets in the case of the inner
checksum being offloaded, while the outer checksums will be computed.
While updating the code I also did a minor cleanu-up on gso_make_checksum.
The change is mostly to make it so that we store the values and compute the
checksum instead of computing the checksum and then storing the values we
needed to update.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for filtering link dumps by master device and kind, similar
to the filtering implemented for neighbor dumps.
Each net_device that exists adds between 1196 bytes (eth) and 1556 bytes
(bridge) to the link dump. As the number of interfaces increases so does
the amount of data pushed to user space for a link list. If the user
only wants to see a list of specific devices (e.g., interfaces enslaved
to a specific bridge or a list of VRFs) most of that data is thrown away.
Passing the filters to the kernel to have only relevant data returned
makes the dump more efficient.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both of the lines in this patch probably should have been included
in the initial implementation of this code for generic socket
support, but weren't technically necessary since only UDP sockets
were supported.
First, the sk_reuseport_cb points to a structure which assumes
each socket in the group has this pointer assigned at the same
time it's added to the array in the structure. The sk_clone_lock
function breaks this assumption. Since a child socket shouldn't
implicitly be in a reuseport group, the simple fix is to clear
the field in the clone.
Second, the SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_xBPF socket options require that
SO_REUSEPORT also be set first. For UDP sockets, this is easily
enforced at bind-time since that process both puts the socket in
the appropriate receive hlist and updates the reuseport structures.
Since these operations can happen at two different times for TCP
sockets (bind and listen) it must be explicitly checked to enforce
the use of SO_REUSEPORT with SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_xBPF in the
setsockopt call.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an issue with unaligned accesses when using
eth_get_headlen on a page that was DMA aligned instead of being IP aligned.
The fact is when trying to check the length we don't need to be looking at
the flow label so we can reorder the checks to first check if we are
supposed to gather the flow label and then make the call to actually get
it.
v2: Updated path so that either STOP_AT_FLOW_LABEL or KEY_FLOW_LABEL can
cause us to check for the flow label.
Reported-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices may have limits on the number of fragments in an skb they support.
Current codebase uses a constant as maximum for number of fragments one
skb can hold and use.
When enabling scatter/gather and running traffic with many small messages
the codebase uses the maximum number of fragments and may thereby violate
the max for certain devices.
The patch introduces a global variable as max number of fragments.
Signed-off-by: Hans Westgaard Ry <hans.westgaard.ry@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Håkon Bugge <haakon.bugge@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit referenced in the Fixes tag incorrectly accounted the number
of in-flight fds over a unix domain socket to the original opener
of the file-descriptor. This allows another process to arbitrary
deplete the original file-openers resource limit for the maximum of
open files. Instead the sending processes and its struct cred should
be credited.
To do so, we add a reference counted struct user_struct pointer to the
scm_fp_list and use it to account for the number of inflight unix fds.
Fixes: 712f4aad40 ("unix: properly account for FDs passed over unix sockets")
Reported-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Cc: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com>
Cc: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netdev_rss_key is written to once and thereafter is read by
drivers when they are initialising. The fact that it is mostly
read and not written to makes it a candidate for a __read_mostly
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Kim Jones <kim-marie.jones@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Carey <alan.carey@intel.com>
Acked-by: Rami Rosen <rami.rosen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds an rx_nohandler stat counter, along with a sysfs statistics
node, and copies the counter out via netlink as well.
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
CC: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdev_stats_to_stats64 function copies the deprecated
net_device_stats format stats into rtnl_link_stats64 for legacy support
purposes, but with the BUILD_BUG_ON as it was, it wasn't possible to
extend rtnl_link_stats64 without also extending net_device_stats. Relax
the BUILD_BUG_ON to only require that rtnl_link_stats64 is larger, and
zero out all the stat counters that aren't present in net_device_stats.
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GRO is currently not aware of tunnel metadata generated by lightweight
tunnels and stored in the dst. This leads to two possible problems:
* Incorrectly merging two frames that have different metadata.
* Leaking of allocated metadata from merged frames.
This avoids those problems by comparing the tunnel information before
merging, similar to how we handle other metadata (such as vlan tags),
and releasing any state when we are done.
Reported-by: John <john.phillips5@hpe.com>
Fixes: 2e15ea39 ("ip_gre: Add support to collect tunnel metadata.")
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marc Dionne discovered a NULL pointer dereference when setting
SO_REUSEPORT on a socket after it is bound.
This patch removes the assumption that at least one socket in the
reuseport group is bound with the SO_REUSEPORT option before other
bind calls occur.
Fixes: e32ea7e747 ("soreuseport: fast reuseport UDP socket selection")
Reported-by: Marc Dionne <marc.c.dionne@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Tested-by: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A quick set of bug fixes after there initial networking merge:
1) Netlink multicast group storage allocator only was tested with
nr_groups equal to 1, make it work for other values too. From
Matti Vaittinen.
2) Check build_skb() return value in macb and hip04_eth drivers, from
Weidong Wang.
3) Don't leak x25_asy on x25_asy_open() failure.
4) More DMA map/unmap fixes in 3c59x from Neil Horman.
5) Don't clobber IP skb control block during GSO segmentation, from
Konstantin Khlebnikov.
6) ECN helpers for ipv6 don't fixup the checksum, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Fix SKB segment utilization estimation in xen-netback, from David
Vrabel.
8) Fix lockdep splat in bridge addrlist handling, from Nikolay
Aleksandrov"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
bgmac: Fix reversed test of build_skb() return value.
bridge: fix lockdep addr_list_lock false positive splat
net: smsc: Add support h8300
xen-netback: free queues after freeing the net device
xen-netback: delete NAPI instance when queue fails to initialize
xen-netback: use skb to determine number of required guest Rx requests
net: sctp: Move sequence start handling into sctp_transport_get_idx()
ipv6: update skb->csum when CE mark is propagated
net: phy: turn carrier off on phy attach
net: macb: clear interrupts when disabling them
sctp: support to lookup with ep+paddr in transport rhashtable
net: hns: fixes no syscon error when init mdio
dts: hisi: fixes no syscon fault when init mdio
net: preserve IP control block during GSO segmentation
fsl/fman: Delete one function call "put_device" in dtsec_config()
hip04_eth: fix missing error handle for build_skb failed
3c59x: fix another page map/single unmap imbalance
3c59x: balance page maps and unmaps
x25_asy: Free x25_asy on x25_asy_open() failure.
mlxsw: fix SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB
...
Skb_gso_segment() uses skb control block during segmentation.
This patch adds 32-bytes room for previous control block which
will be copied into all resulting segments.
This patch fixes kernel crash during fragmenting forwarded packets.
Fragmentation requires valid IP CB in skb for clearing ip options.
Also patch removes custom save/restore in ovs code, now it's redundant.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CALYGNiP-0MZ-FExV2HutTvE9U-QQtkKSoE--KN=JQE5STYsjAA@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The unified hierarchy memory controller is going to use this jump label
as well to control the networking callbacks. Move it to the memory
controller code and give it a more generic name.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There won't be any separate counters for socket memory consumed by
protocols other than TCP in the future. Remove the indirection and link
sockets directly to their owning memory cgroup.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
There won't be a tcp control soft limit, so integrating the memcg code
into the global skmem limiting scheme complicates things unnecessarily.
Replace this with simple and clear charge and uncharge calls--hidden
behind a jump label--to account skb memory.
Note that this is not purely aesthetic: as a result of shoehorning the
per-memcg code into the same memory accounting functions that handle the
global level, the old code would compare the per-memcg consumption
against the smaller of the per-memcg limit and the global limit. This
allowed the total consumption of multiple sockets to exceed the global
limit, as long as the individual sockets stayed within bounds. After
this change, the code will always compare the per-memcg consumption to
the per-memcg limit, and the global consumption to the global limit, and
thus close this loophole.
Without a soft limit, the per-memcg memory pressure state in sockets is
generally questionable. However, we did it until now, so we continue to
enter it when the hard limit is hit, and packets are dropped, to let
other sockets in the cgroup know that they shouldn't grow their transmit
windows, either. However, keep it simple in the new callback model and
leave memory pressure lazily when the next packet is accepted (as
opposed to doing it synchroneously when packets are processed). When
packets are dropped, network performance will already be in the toilet,
so that should be a reasonable trade-off.
As described above, consumption is now checked on the per-memcg level
and the global level separately. Likewise, memory pressure states are
maintained on both the per-memcg level and the global level, and a
socket is considered under pressure when either level asserts as much.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Move the jump-label from sock_update_memcg() and sock_release_memcg() to
the callsite, and so eliminate those function calls when socket
accounting is not enabled.
This also eliminates the need for dummy functions because the calls will
be optimized away if the Kconfig options are not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
On ARM64, a BUG() is triggered in the eBPF JIT if a filter with a
constant shift that can't be encoded in the immediate field of the
UBFM/SBFM instructions is passed to the JIT. Since these shifts
amounts, which are negative or >= regsize, are invalid, reject them in
the eBPF verifier and the classic BPF filter checker, for all
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin@rab.in>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/bonding/bond_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum.h
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlxsw/spectrum_switchdev.c
The bond_main.c and mellanox switch conflicts were cases of
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix possible null pointer dereference that may occur when calling
skb_reserve() on a null skb.
Fixes: 879c7220e8 ("net: pktgen: Observe needed_headroom of the device")
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After IPv6 support has recently been added to metadata dst and related
encaps, add support for populating/reading it from an eBPF program.
Commit d3aa45ce6b ("bpf: add helpers to access tunnel metadata") started
with initial IPv4-only support back then (due to IPv6 metadata support
not being available yet).
To stay compatible with older programs, we need to test for the passed
structure size. Also TOS and TTL support from the ip_tunnel_info key has
been added. Tested with vxlan devs in collect meta data mode with IPv4,
IPv6 and in compat mode over different network namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export flags used by eBPF helper functions through UAPI, so they can be
used by programs (instead of them redefining all flags each time or just
using the hard-coded values). It also gives a better overview what flags
are used where and we can further get rid of the extra macros defined in
filter.c. Moreover, reject invalid flags.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sz_idx variable is defined in the rtnetlink_rcv_msg(), but
not used anywhere. Let's remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Kuleshov <kuleshovmail@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work adds a generalization of the ingress qdisc as a qdisc holding
only classifiers. The clsact qdisc works on ingress, but also on egress.
In both cases, it's execution happens without taking the qdisc lock, and
the main difference for the egress part compared to prior version of [1]
is that this can be applied with _any_ underlying real egress qdisc (also
classless ones).
Besides solving the use-case of [1], that is, allowing for more programmability
on assigning skb->priority for the mqprio case that is supported by most
popular 10G+ NICs, it also opens up a lot more flexibility for other tc
applications. The main work on classification can already be done at clsact
egress time if the use-case allows and state stored for later retrieval
f.e. again in skb->priority with major/minors (which is checked by most
classful qdiscs before consulting tc_classify()) and/or in other skb fields
like skb->tc_index for some light-weight post-processing to get to the
eventual classid in case of a classful qdisc. Another use case is that
the clsact egress part allows to have a central egress counterpart to
the ingress classifiers, so that classifiers can easily share state (e.g.
in cls_bpf via eBPF maps) for ingress and egress.
Currently, default setups like mq + pfifo_fast would require for this to
use, for example, prio qdisc instead (to get a tc_classify() run) and to
duplicate the egress classifier for each queue. With clsact, it allows
for leaving the setup as is, it can additionally assign skb->priority to
put the skb in one of pfifo_fast's bands and it can share state with maps.
Moreover, we can access the skb's dst entry (f.e. to retrieve tclassid)
w/o the need to perform a skb_dst_force() to hold on to it any longer. In
lwt case, we can also use this facility to setup dst metadata via cls_bpf
(bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key()) without needing a real egress qdisc just for
that (case of IFF_NO_QUEUE devices, for example).
The realization can be done without any changes to the scheduler core
framework. All it takes is that we have two a-priori defined minors/child
classes, where we can mux between ingress and egress classifier list
(dev->ingress_cl_list and dev->egress_cl_list, latter stored close to
dev->_tx to avoid extra cacheline miss for moderate loads). The egress
part is a bit similar modelled to handle_ing() and patched to a noop in
case the functionality is not used. Both handlers are now called
sch_handle_ingress() and sch_handle_egress(), code sharing among the two
doesn't seem practical as there are various minor differences in both
paths, so that making them conditional in a single handler would rather
slow things down.
Full compatibility to ingress qdisc is provided as well. Since both
piggyback on TC_H_CLSACT, only one of them (ingress/clsact) can exist
per netdevice, and thus ingress qdisc specific behaviour can be retained
for user space. This means, either a user does 'tc qdisc add dev foo ingress'
and configures ingress qdisc as usual, or the 'tc qdisc add dev foo clsact'
alternative, where both, ingress and egress classifier can be configured
as in the below example. ingress qdisc supports attaching classifier to any
minor number whereas clsact has two fixed minors for muxing between the
lists, therefore to not break user space setups, they are better done as
two separate qdiscs.
I decided to extend the sch_ingress module with clsact functionality so
that commonly used code can be reused, the module is being aliased with
sch_clsact so that it can be auto-loaded properly. Alternative would have been
to add a flag when initializing ingress to alter its behaviour plus aliasing
to a different name (as it's more than just ingress). However, the first would
end up, based on the flag, choosing the new/old behaviour by calling different
function implementations to handle each anyway, the latter would require to
register ingress qdisc once again under different alias. So, this really begs
to provide a minimal, cleaner approach to have Qdisc_ops and Qdisc_class_ops
by its own that share callbacks used by both.
Example, adding qdisc:
# tc qdisc add dev foo clsact
# tc qdisc show dev foo
qdisc mq 0: root
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :1 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :2 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :3 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc pfifo_fast 0: parent :4 bands 3 priomap 1 2 2 2 1 2 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
qdisc clsact ffff: parent ffff:fff1
Adding filters (deleting, etc works analogous by specifying ingress/egress):
# tc filter add dev foo ingress bpf da obj bar.o sec ingress
# tc filter add dev foo egress bpf da obj bar.o sec egress
# tc filter show dev foo ingress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[ingress] direct-action
# tc filter show dev foo egress
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf
filter protocol all pref 49152 bpf handle 0x1 bar.o:[egress] direct-action
A 'tc filter show dev foo' or 'tc filter show dev foo parent ffff:' will
show an empty list for clsact. Either using the parent names (ingress/egress)
or specifying the full major/minor will then show the related filter lists.
Prior work on a mqprio prequeue() facility [1] was done mainly by John Fastabend.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/512949/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a small helper skb_postpush_rcsum() and fix up redirect locations
that need CHECKSUM_COMPLETE fixups on ingress. dev_forward_skb() expects
a proper csum that covers also Ethernet header, f.e. since 2c26d34bbc
("net/core: Handle csum for CHECKSUM_COMPLETE VXLAN forwarding"), we
also do skb_postpull_rcsum() after pulling Ethernet header off via
eth_type_trans().
When using eBPF in a netns setup f.e. with vxlan in collect metadata mode,
I can trigger the following csum issue with an IPv6 setup:
[ 505.144065] dummy1: hw csum failure
[...]
[ 505.144108] Call Trace:
[ 505.144112] <IRQ> [<ffffffff81372f08>] dump_stack+0x44/0x5c
[ 505.144134] [<ffffffff81607cea>] netdev_rx_csum_fault+0x3a/0x40
[ 505.144142] [<ffffffff815fee3f>] __skb_checksum_complete+0xcf/0xe0
[ 505.144149] [<ffffffff816f0902>] nf_ip6_checksum+0xb2/0x120
[ 505.144161] [<ffffffffa08c0e0e>] icmpv6_error+0x17e/0x328 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
[ 505.144170] [<ffffffffa0898eca>] ? ip6t_do_table+0x2fa/0x645 [ip6_tables]
[ 505.144177] [<ffffffffa08c0725>] ? ipv6_get_l4proto+0x65/0xd0 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
[ 505.144189] [<ffffffffa06c9a12>] nf_conntrack_in+0xc2/0x5a0 [nf_conntrack]
[ 505.144196] [<ffffffffa08c039c>] ipv6_conntrack_in+0x1c/0x20 [nf_conntrack_ipv6]
[ 505.144204] [<ffffffff8164385d>] nf_iterate+0x5d/0x70
[ 505.144210] [<ffffffff816438d6>] nf_hook_slow+0x66/0xc0
[ 505.144218] [<ffffffff816bd302>] ipv6_rcv+0x3f2/0x4f0
[ 505.144225] [<ffffffff816bca40>] ? ip6_make_skb+0x1b0/0x1b0
[ 505.144232] [<ffffffff8160b77b>] __netif_receive_skb_core+0x36b/0x9a0
[ 505.144239] [<ffffffff8160bdc8>] ? __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60
[ 505.144245] [<ffffffff8160bdc8>] __netif_receive_skb+0x18/0x60
[ 505.144252] [<ffffffff8160ccff>] process_backlog+0x9f/0x140
[ 505.144259] [<ffffffff8160c4a5>] net_rx_action+0x145/0x320
[...]
What happens is that on ingress, we push Ethernet header back in, either
from cls_bpf or right before skb_do_redirect(), but without updating csum.
The "hw csum failure" can be fixed by using the new skb_postpush_rcsum()
helper for the dev_forward_skb() case to correct the csum diff again.
Thanks to Hannes Frederic Sowa for the csum_partial() idea!
Fixes: 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper")
Fixes: 27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dst_release should not access dst->flags after decrementing
__refcnt to 0. The dst_entry may be in dst_busy_list and
dst_gc_task may dst_destroy it before dst_release gets a chance
to access dst->flags.
Fixes: d69bbf88c8 ("net: fix a race in dst_release()")
Fixes: 27b75c95f1 ("net: avoid RCU for NOCACHE dst")
Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 538950a1b7 ("soreuseport: setsockopt SO_ATTACH_REUSEPORT_[CE]BPF")
Suggested-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Expose socket options for setting a classic or extended BPF program
for use when selecting sockets in an SO_REUSEPORT group. These options
can be used on the first socket to belong to a group before bind or
on any socket in the group after bind.
This change includes refactoring of the existing sk_filter code to
allow reuse of the existing BPF filter validation checks.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct sock_reuseport is an optional shared structure referenced by each
socket belonging to a reuseport group. When a socket is bound to an
address/port not yet in use and the reuseport flag has been set, the
structure will be allocated and attached to the newly bound socket.
When subsequent calls to bind are made for the same address/port, the
shared structure will be updated to include the new socket and the
newly bound socket will reference the group structure.
Usually, when an incoming packet was destined for a reuseport group,
all sockets in the same group needed to be considered before a
dispatching decision was made. With this structure, an appropriate
socket can be found after looking up just one socket in the group.
This shared structure will also allow for more complicated decisions to
be made when selecting a socket (eg a BPF filter).
This work is based off a similar implementation written by
Ying Cai <ycai@google.com> for implementing policy-based reuseport
selection.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet PHYs can maintain statistics, for example errors while idle
and receive errors. Add an ethtool mechanism to retrieve these
statistics, using the same model as MAC statistics.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Comment says "User BPF's register A is mapped to our BPF register 6",
which is actually wrong as the mapping is on register 0. This can
already be inferred from the code itself. So just remove it before
someone makes assumptions based on that. Only code tells truth. ;)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Back in the days where eBPF (or back then "internal BPF" ;->) was not
exposed to user space, and only the classic BPF programs internally
translated into eBPF programs, we missed the fact that for classic BPF
A and X needed to be cleared. It was fixed back then via 83d5b7ef99
("net: filter: initialize A and X registers"), and thus classic BPF
specifics were added to the eBPF interpreter core to work around it.
This added some confusion for JIT developers later on that take the
eBPF interpreter code as an example for deriving their JIT. F.e. in
f75298f5c3 ("s390/bpf: clear correct BPF accumulator register"), at
least X could leak stack memory. Furthermore, since this is only needed
for classic BPF translations and not for eBPF (verifier takes care
that read access to regs cannot be done uninitialized), more complexity
is added to JITs as they need to determine whether they deal with
migrations or native eBPF where they can just omit clearing A/X in
their prologue and thus reduce image size a bit, see f.e. cde66c2d88
("s390/bpf: Only clear A and X for converted BPF programs"). In other
cases (x86, arm64), A and X is being cleared in the prologue also for
eBPF case, which is unnecessary.
Lets move this into the BPF migration in bpf_convert_filter() where it
actually belongs as long as the number of eBPF JITs are still few. It
can thus be done generically; allowing us to remove the quirk from
__bpf_prog_run() and to slightly reduce JIT image size in case of eBPF,
while reducing code duplication on this matter in current(/future) eBPF
JITs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Holzheu <holzheu@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Michael Holzheu <holzheu@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Zi Shen Lim <zlim.lnx@gmail.com>
Cc: Yang Shi <yang.shi@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Yang Shi <yang.shi@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Zi Shen Lim <zlim.lnx@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hacking tc programs with eBPF, one of the issues that come up
from time to time is to load addresses from headers. In eBPF as in
classic BPF, we have BPF_LD | BPF_ABS | BPF_{B,H,W} instructions that
extract a byte, half-word or word out of the skb data though helpers
such as bpf_load_pointer() (interpreter case).
F.e. extracting a whole IPv6 address could possibly look like ...
union v6addr {
struct {
__u32 p1;
__u32 p2;
__u32 p3;
__u32 p4;
};
__u8 addr[16];
};
[...]
a.p1 = htonl(load_word(skb, off));
a.p2 = htonl(load_word(skb, off + 4));
a.p3 = htonl(load_word(skb, off + 8));
a.p4 = htonl(load_word(skb, off + 12));
[...]
/* access to a.addr[...] */
This work adds a complementary helper bpf_skb_load_bytes() (we also
have bpf_skb_store_bytes()) as an alternative where the same call
would look like from an eBPF program:
ret = bpf_skb_load_bytes(skb, off, addr, sizeof(addr));
Same verifier restrictions apply as in ffeedafbf0 ("bpf: introduce
current->pid, tgid, uid, gid, comm accessors") case, where stack memory
access needs to be statically verified and thus guaranteed to be
initialized in first use (otherwise verifier cannot tell whether a
subsequent access to it is valid or not as it's runtime dependent).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/geneve.c
Here we had an overlapping change, where in 'net' the extraneous stats
bump was being removed whilst in 'net-next' the final argument to
udp_tunnel6_xmit_skb() was being changed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix uninitialized variable warnings in nfnetlink_queue, a lot of
people reported this... From Arnd Bergmann.
2) Don't init mutex twice in i40e driver, from Jesse Brandeburg.
3) Fix spurious EBUSY in rhashtable, from Herbert Xu.
4) Missing DMA unmaps in mvpp2 driver, from Marcin Wojtas.
5) Fix race with work structure access in pppoe driver causing
corruptions, from Guillaume Nault.
6) Fix OOPS due to sh_eth_rx() not checking whether netdev_alloc_skb()
actually succeeded or not, from Sergei Shtylyov.
7) Don't lose flags when settifn IFA_F_OPTIMISTIC in ipv6 code, from
Bjørn Mork.
8) VXLAN_HD_RCO defined incorrectly, fix from Jiri Benc.
9) Fix clock source used for cookies in SCTP, from Marcelo Ricardo
Leitner.
10) aurora driver needs HAS_DMA dependency, from Geert Uytterhoeven.
11) ndo_fill_metadata_dst op of vxlan has to handle ipv6 tunneling
properly as well, from Jiri Benc.
12) Handle request sockets properly in xfrm layer, from Eric Dumazet.
13) Double stats update in ipv6 geneve transmit path, fix from Pravin B
Shelar.
14) sk->sk_policy[] needs RCU protection, and as a result
xfrm_policy_destroy() needs to free policies using an RCU grace
period, from Eric Dumazet.
15) SCTP needs to clone ipv6 tx options in order to avoid use after
free, from Eric Dumazet.
16) Missing kbuild export if ila.h, from Stephen Hemminger.
17) Missing mdiobus_alloc() return value checking in mdio-mux.c, from
Tobias Klauser.
18) Validate protocol value range in ->create() methods, from Hannes
Frederic Sowa.
19) Fix early socket demux races that result in illegal dst reuse, from
Eric Dumazet.
20) Validate socket address length in pptp code, from WANG Cong.
21) skb_reorder_vlan_header() uses incorrect offset and can corrupt
packets, from Vlad Yasevich.
22) Fix memory leaks in nl80211 registry code, from Ola Olsson.
23) Timeout loop count handing fixes in mISDN, xgbe, qlge, sfc, and
qlcnic. From Dan Carpenter.
24) msg.msg_iocb needs to be cleared in recvfrom() otherwise, for
example, AF_ALG will interpret it as an async call. From Tadeusz
Struk.
25) inetpeer_set_addr_v4 forgets to initialize the 'vif' field, from
Eric Dumazet.
26) rhashtable enforces the minimum table size not early enough,
breaking how we calculate the per-cpu lock allocations. From
Herbert Xu.
27) Fix FCC port lockup in 82xx driver, from Martin Roth.
28) FOU sockets need to be freed using RCU, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
29) Fix out-of-bounds access in __skb_complete_tx_timestamp() and
sock_setsockopt() wrt. timestamp handling. From WANG Cong.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (117 commits)
net: check both type and procotol for tcp sockets
drivers: net: xgene: fix Tx flow control
tcp: restore fastopen with no data in SYN packet
af_unix: Revert 'lock_interruptible' in stream receive code
fou: clean up socket with kfree_rcu
82xx: FCC: Fixing a bug causing to FCC port lock-up
gianfar: Don't enable RX Filer if not supported
net: fix warnings in 'make htmldocs' by moving macro definition out of field declaration
rhashtable: Fix walker list corruption
rhashtable: Enforce minimum size on initial hash table
inet: tcp: fix inetpeer_set_addr_v4()
ipv6: automatically enable stable privacy mode if stable_secret set
net: fix uninitialized variable issue
bluetooth: Validate socket address length in sco_sock_bind().
net_sched: make qdisc_tree_decrease_qlen() work for non mq
ser_gigaset: remove unnecessary kfree() calls from release method
ser_gigaset: fix deallocation of platform device structure
ser_gigaset: turn nonsense checks into WARN_ON
ser_gigaset: fix up NULL checks
qlcnic: fix a timeout loop
...
Dmitry reported the following out-of-bound access:
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff816cec2e>] __asan_report_load4_noabort+0x3e/0x40
mm/kasan/report.c:294
[<ffffffff84affb14>] sock_setsockopt+0x1284/0x13d0 net/core/sock.c:880
[< inline >] SYSC_setsockopt net/socket.c:1746
[<ffffffff84aed7ee>] SyS_setsockopt+0x1fe/0x240 net/socket.c:1729
[<ffffffff85c18c76>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x16/0x7a
arch/x86/entry/entry_64.S:185
This is because we mistake a raw socket as a tcp socket.
We should check both sk->sk_type and sk->sk_protocol to ensure
it is a tcp socket.
Willem points out __skb_complete_tx_timestamp() needs to fix as well.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemdebruijn.kernel@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this change applications monitoring FDB notifications
were not able to determine whether a new FDB entry is permament
or not:
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f8 dev sw0p1 temp self
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f9 dev sw0p1 self
bridge monitor fdb
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f8 dev sw0p1 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f9 dev sw0p1 self permanent
With this change ndm_state from the original netlink message
is passed to the new netlink message sent as notification.
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev sw0p1 self
bridge fdb add f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f7 dev sw0p1 temp self
bridge monitor fdb
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f6 dev sw0p1 self permanent
f1:f2:f3:f4:f5:f7 dev sw0p1 self static
Signed-off-by: Hubert Sokolowski <hubert.sokolowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a SOCK_DESTROY operation, a destroy function
pointer to sock_diag_handler, and a diag_destroy function
pointer. It does not include any implementation code.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb_csum_offload_chk driver helper function to determine if a
device with limited checksum offload capabilities is able to offload the
checksum for a given packet.
This patch includes:
- The skb_csum_offload_chk function. Returns true if checksum is
offloadable, else false. Optionally, in the case that the checksum
is not offloable, the function can call skb_checksum_help to resolve
the checksum. skb_csum_offload_chk also returns whether the checksum
refers to an encapsulated checksum.
- Definition of skb_csum_offl_spec structure that caller uses to
indicate rules about what it can offload (e.g. IPv4/v6, TCP/UDP only,
whether encapsulated checksums can be offloaded, whether checksum with
IPv6 extension headers can be offloaded).
- Ancilary functions called skb_csum_offload_chk_help,
skb_csum_off_chk_help_cmn, skb_csum_off_chk_help_cmn_v4_only.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These netif flags are unnecessary convolutions. It is more
straightforward to just use NETIF_F_HW_CSUM, NETIF_F_IP_CSUM,
and NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM directly.
This patch also:
- Cleans up can_checksum_protocol
- Simplifies netdev_intersect_features
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The name NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is a misnomer. This does not correspond to the
set of features for offloading all checksums. This is a mask of the
checksum offload related features bits. It is incorrect to set both
NETIF_F_HW_CSUM and NETIF_F_IP_CSUM or NETIF_F_IPV6 at the same time for
features of a device.
This patch:
- Changes instances of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM to NETIF_F_CSUM_MASK (where
NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM is being used as a mask).
- Changes bonding, sfc/efx, ipvlan, macvlan, vlan, and team drivers to
use NEITF_F_HW_CSUM in features list instead of NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SCTP checksum is really a CRC and is very different from the
standards 1's complement checksum that serves as the checksum
for IP protocols. This offload interface is also very different.
Rename NETIF_F_SCTP_CSUM to NETIF_F_SCTP_CRC to highlight these
differences. The term CSUM should be reserved in the stack to refer
to the standard 1's complement IP checksum.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev drivers need to know the netdev on which the switchdev op was
invoked. For example, the STP state of a VLAN interface configured on top
of a port can change while being member in a bridge. In this case, the
underlying driver should only change the STP state of that particular
VLAN and not of all the VLANs configured on the port.
However, current switchdev infrastructure only passes the port netdev down
to the driver. Solve that by passing the original device down to the
driver as part of the required switchdev object / attribute.
This doesn't entail any change in current switchdev drivers. It simply
enables those supporting stacked devices to know the originating device
and act accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_reorder_vlan_header is called after the vlan header has
been pulled. As a result the offset of the begining of
the mac header has been incrased by 4 bytes (VLAN_HLEN).
When moving the mac addresses, include this incrase in
the offset calcualation so that the mac addresses are
copied correctly.
Fixes: a6e18ff111 (vlan: Fix untag operations of stacked vlans with REORDER_HEADER off)
CC: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XFRM can deal with SYNACK messages, sent while listener socket
is not locked. We add proper rcu protection to __xfrm_sk_clone_policy()
and xfrm_sk_policy_lookup()
This might serve as the first step to remove xfrm.xfrm_policy_lock
use in fast path.
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In cgroup v1, dealing with cgroup membership was difficult because the
number of membership associations was unbound. As a result, cgroup v1
grew several controllers whose primary purpose is either tagging
membership or pull in configuration knobs from other subsystems so
that cgroup membership test can be avoided.
net_cls and net_prio controllers are examples of the latter. They
allow configuring network-specific attributes from cgroup side so that
network subsystem can avoid testing cgroup membership; unfortunately,
these are not only cumbersome but also problematic.
Both net_cls and net_prio aren't properly hierarchical. Both inherit
configuration from the parent on creation but there's no interaction
afterwards. An ancestor doesn't restrict the behavior in its subtree
in anyway and configuration changes aren't propagated downwards.
Especially when combined with cgroup delegation, this is problematic
because delegatees can mess up whatever network configuration
implemented at the system level. net_prio would allow the delegatees
to set whatever priority value regardless of CAP_NET_ADMIN and net_cls
the same for classid.
While it is possible to solve these issues from controller side by
implementing hierarchical allowable ranges in both controllers, it
would involve quite a bit of complexity in the controllers and further
obfuscate network configuration as it becomes even more difficult to
tell what's actually being configured looking from the network side.
While not much can be done for v1 at this point, as membership
handling is sane on cgroup v2, it'd be better to make cgroup matching
behave like other network matches and classifiers than introducing
further complications.
In preparation, this patch updates sock->sk_cgrp_data handling so that
it points to the v2 cgroup that sock was created in until either
net_prio or net_cls is used. Once either of the two is used,
sock->sk_cgrp_data reverts to its previous role of carrying prioidx
and classid. This is to avoid adding yet another cgroup related field
to struct sock.
As the mode switching can happen at most once per boot, the switching
mechanism is aimed at lowering hot path overhead. It may leak a
finite, likely small, number of cgroup refs and report spurious
prioidx or classid on switching; however, dynamic updates of prioidx
and classid have always been racy and lossy - socks between creation
and fd installation are never updated, config changes don't update
existing sockets at all, and prioidx may index with dead and recycled
cgroup IDs. Non-critical inaccuracies from small race windows won't
make any noticeable difference.
This patch doesn't make use of the pointer yet. The following patch
will implement netfilter match for cgroup2 membership.
v2: Use sock_cgroup_data to avoid inflating struct sock w/ another
cgroup specific field.
v3: Add comments explaining why sock_data_prioidx() and
sock_data_classid() use different fallback values.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce sock->sk_cgrp_data which is a struct sock_cgroup_data.
->sk_cgroup_prioidx and ->sk_classid are moved into it. The struct
and its accessors are defined in cgroup-defs.h. This is to prepare
for overloading the fields with a cgroup pointer.
This patch mostly performs equivalent conversions but the followings
are noteworthy.
* Equality test before updating classid is removed from
sock_update_classid(). This shouldn't make any noticeable
difference and a similar test will be implemented on the helper side
later.
* sock_update_netprioidx() now takes struct sock_cgroup_data and can
be moved to netprio_cgroup.h without causing include dependency
loop. Moved.
* The dummy version of sock_update_netprioidx() converted to a static
inline function while at it.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netprio builds per-netdev contiguous priomap array which is indexed by
css->id. The array is allocated using kzalloc() effectively limiting
the maximum ID supported to some thousand range. This patch caps the
maximum supported css->id to USHRT_MAX which should be way above what
is actually useable.
This allows reducing sock->sk_cgrp_prioidx to u16 from u32. The freed
up part will be used to overload the cgroup related fields.
sock->sk_cgrp_prioidx's position is swapped with sk_mark so that the
two cgroup related fields are adjacent.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the kernel generally uses negated error numbers, *err needs to be
compared with -EAGAIN (d'oh).
Signed-off-by: Rainer Weikusat <rweikusat@mobileactivedefense.com>
Fixes: ea3793ee29 ("core: enable more fine-grained datagram reception control")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following commit which went into mainline through networking tree
3b13758f51 ("cgroups: Allow dynamically changing net_classid")
conflicts in net/core/netclassid_cgroup.c with the following pending
fix in cgroup/for-4.4-fixes.
1f7dd3e5a6 ("cgroup: fix handling of multi-destination migration from subtree_control enabling")
The former separates out update_classid() from cgrp_attach() and
updates it to walk all fds of all tasks in the target css so that it
can be used from both migration and config change paths. The latter
drops @css from cgrp_attach().
Resolve the conflict by making cgrp_attach() call update_classid()
with the css from the first task. We can revive @tset walking in
cgrp_attach() but given that net_cls is v1 only where there always is
only one target css during migration, this is fine.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Cc: Nina Schiff <ninasc@fb.com>
The __skb_recv_datagram routine in core/ datagram.c provides a general
skb reception factility supposed to be utilized by protocol modules
providing datagram sockets. It encompasses both the actual recvmsg code
and a surrounding 'sleep until data is available' loop. This is
inconvenient if a protocol module has to use additional locking in order
to maintain some per-socket state the generic datagram socket code is
unaware of (as the af_unix code does). The patch below moves the recvmsg
proper code into a new __skb_try_recv_datagram routine which doesn't
sleep and renames wait_for_more_packets to
__skb_wait_for_more_packets, both routines being exported interfaces. The
original __skb_recv_datagram routine is reimplemented on top of these
two functions such that its user-visible behaviour remains unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Rainer Weikusat <rweikusat@mobileactivedefense.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry Vyukov reported that SCTP was triggering a WARN on socket destroy
related to disabling sock timestamp.
When SCTP accepts an association or peel one off, it copies sock flags
but forgot to call net_enable_timestamp() if a packet timestamping flag
was copied, leading to extra calls to net_disable_timestamp() whenever
such clones were closed.
The fix is to call net_enable_timestamp() whenever we copy a sock with
that flag on, like tcp does.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by Eric, these helpers should have const dev param.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/renesas/ravb_main.c
kernel/bpf/syscall.c
net/ipv4/ipmr.c
All three conflicts were cases of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When lower device like bonding slave, team/bridge port, etc changes its
state, it is useful for others to notice this change. Currently this is
implemented specificly for bonding as NETDEV_BONDING_INFO notifier. This
patch aims to replace this specific usage and make this more generic to
be used for all upper-lower devices.
Introduce NETDEV_CHANGELOWERSTATE netdev notifier type and
netdev_lower_state_changed() helper.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sometimes the drivers and other code would find it handy to know some
internal information about upper device being changed. So allow upper-code
to pass information down to notifier listeners during linking.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Eliminate netdev_master_upper_dev_link_private and pass priv directly as
a parameter of netdev_master_upper_dev_link.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
switchdev drivers reflect the newly requested topology to hardware when
CHANGEUPPER is received, after software links were already formed.
However, the operation can fail and user will not be notified, as the
return value of the notifier is not checked.
Add this check and rollback software links if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing the np->opt RCU conversion, I found that UDP/IPv6 was
using a mixture of xchg() and sk_dst_lock to protect concurrent changes
to sk->sk_dst_cache, leading to possible corruptions and crashes.
ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow() uses sk_dst_check() anyway, so the simplest
way to fix the mess is to remove sk_dst_lock completely, as we did for
IPv4.
__ip6_dst_store() and ip6_dst_store() share same implementation.
sk_setup_caps() being called with socket lock being held or not,
we have to use sk_dst_set() instead of __sk_dst_set()
Note that I had to move the "np->dst_cookie = rt6_get_cookie(rt);"
in ip6_dst_store() before the sk_setup_caps(sk, dst) call.
This is because ip6_dst_store() can be called from process context,
without any lock held.
As soon as the dst is installed in sk->sk_dst_cache, dst can be freed
from another cpu doing a concurrent ip6_dst_store()
Doing the dst dereference before doing the install is needed to make
sure no use after free would trigger.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following v2 hierarchy.
P0 (+memory) --- P1 (-memory) --- A
\- B
P0 has memory enabled in its subtree_control while P1 doesn't. If
both A and B contain processes, they would belong to the memory css of
P1. Now if memory is enabled on P1's subtree_control, memory csses
should be created on both A and B and A's processes should be moved to
the former and B's processes the latter. IOW, enabling controllers
can cause atomic migrations into different csses.
The core cgroup migration logic has been updated accordingly but the
controller migration methods haven't and still assume that all tasks
migrate to a single target css; furthermore, the methods were fed the
css in which subtree_control was updated which is the parent of the
target csses. pids controller depends on the migration methods to
move charges and this made the controller attribute charges to the
wrong csses often triggering the following warning by driving a
counter negative.
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 1 at kernel/cgroup_pids.c:97 pids_cancel.constprop.6+0x31/0x40()
Modules linked in:
CPU: 1 PID: 1 Comm: systemd Not tainted 4.4.0-rc1+ #29
...
ffffffff81f65382 ffff88007c043b90 ffffffff81551ffc 0000000000000000
ffff88007c043bc8 ffffffff810de202 ffff88007a752000 ffff88007a29ab00
ffff88007c043c80 ffff88007a1d8400 0000000000000001 ffff88007c043bd8
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81551ffc>] dump_stack+0x4e/0x82
[<ffffffff810de202>] warn_slowpath_common+0x82/0xc0
[<ffffffff810de2fa>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffff8118e031>] pids_cancel.constprop.6+0x31/0x40
[<ffffffff8118e0fd>] pids_can_attach+0x6d/0xf0
[<ffffffff81188a4c>] cgroup_taskset_migrate+0x6c/0x330
[<ffffffff81188e05>] cgroup_migrate+0xf5/0x190
[<ffffffff81189016>] cgroup_attach_task+0x176/0x200
[<ffffffff8118949d>] __cgroup_procs_write+0x2ad/0x460
[<ffffffff81189684>] cgroup_procs_write+0x14/0x20
[<ffffffff811854e5>] cgroup_file_write+0x35/0x1c0
[<ffffffff812e26f1>] kernfs_fop_write+0x141/0x190
[<ffffffff81265f88>] __vfs_write+0x28/0xe0
[<ffffffff812666fc>] vfs_write+0xac/0x1a0
[<ffffffff81267019>] SyS_write+0x49/0xb0
[<ffffffff81bcef32>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x76
This patch fixes the bug by removing @css parameter from the three
migration methods, ->can_attach, ->cancel_attach() and ->attach() and
updating cgroup_taskset iteration helpers also return the destination
css in addition to the task being migrated. All controllers are
updated accordingly.
* Controllers which don't care whether there are one or multiple
target csses can be converted trivially. cpu, io, freezer, perf,
netclassid and netprio fall in this category.
* cpuset's current implementation assumes that there's single source
and destination and thus doesn't support v2 hierarchy already. The
only change made by this patchset is how that single destination css
is obtained.
* memory migration path already doesn't do anything on v2. How the
single destination css is obtained is updated and the prep stage of
mem_cgroup_can_attach() is reordered to accomodate the change.
* pids is the only controller which was affected by this bug. It now
correctly handles multi-destination migrations and no longer causes
counter underflow from incorrect accounting.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-and-tested-by: Daniel Wagner <daniel.wagner@bmw-carit.de>
Cc: Aleksa Sarai <cyphar@cyphar.com>
Proxy entries could have null pointer to net-device.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <koct9i@gmail.com>
Fixes: 84920c1420 ("net: Allow ipv6 proxies and arp proxies be shown with iproute2")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dmitry provided a syzkaller (http://github.com/google/syzkaller)
triggering a fault in sock_wake_async() when async IO is requested.
Said program stressed af_unix sockets, but the issue is generic
and should be addressed in core networking stack.
The problem is that by the time sock_wake_async() is called,
we should not access the @flags field of 'struct socket',
as the inode containing this socket might be freed without
further notice, and without RCU grace period.
We already maintain an RCU protected structure, "struct socket_wq"
so moving SOCKWQ_ASYNC_NOSPACE & SOCKWQ_ASYNC_WAITDATA into it
is the safe route.
It also reduces number of cache lines needing dirtying, so might
provide a performance improvement anyway.
In followup patches, we might move remaining flags (SOCK_NOSPACE,
SOCK_PASSCRED, SOCK_PASSSEC) to save 8 bytes and let 'struct socket'
being mostly read and let it being shared between cpus.
Reported-by: Dmitry Vyukov <dvyukov@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is a cleanup to make following patch easier to
review.
Goal is to move SOCK_ASYNC_NOSPACE and SOCK_ASYNC_WAITDATA
from (struct socket)->flags to a (struct socket_wq)->flags
to benefit from RCU protection in sock_wake_async()
To ease backports, we rename both constants.
Two new helpers, sk_set_bit(int nr, struct sock *sk)
and sk_clear_bit(int net, struct sock *sk) are added so that
following patch can change their implementation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The memory barrier in the helper wq_has_sleeper is needed by just
about every user of waitqueue_active. This patch generalises it
by making it take a wait_queue_head_t directly. The existing
helper is renamed to skwq_has_sleeper.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The classid of a process is changed either when a process is moved to
or from a cgroup or when the net_cls.classid file is updated.
Previously net_cls only supported propogating these changes to the
cgroup's related sockets when a process was added or removed from the
cgroup. This means it was neccessary to remove and re-add all processes
to a cgroup in order to update its classid. This change introduces
support for doing this dynamically - i.e. when the value is changed in
the net_cls_classid file, this will also trigger an update to the
classid associated with all sockets controlled by the cgroup.
This mimics the behaviour of other cgroup subsystems.
net_prio circumvents this issue by storing an index into a table with
each socket (and so any updates to the table, don't require updating
the value associated with the socket). net_cls, however, passes the
socket the classid directly, and so this additional step is needed.
Signed-off-by: Nina Schiff <ninasc@fb.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
David and HacKurx reported a following/similar size overflow triggered
in a grsecurity kernel, thanks to PaX's gcc size overflow plugin:
(Already fixed in later grsecurity versions by Brad and PaX Team.)
[ 1002.296137] PAX: size overflow detected in function scm_detach_fds net/core/scm.c:314
cicus.202_127 min, count: 4, decl: msg_controllen; num: 0; context: msghdr;
[ 1002.296145] CPU: 0 PID: 3685 Comm: scm_rights_recv Not tainted 4.2.3-grsec+ #7
[ 1002.296149] Hardware name: Apple Inc. MacBookAir5,1/Mac-66F35F19FE2A0D05, [...]
[ 1002.296153] ffffffff81c27366 0000000000000000 ffffffff81c27375 ffffc90007843aa8
[ 1002.296162] ffffffff818129ba 0000000000000000 ffffffff81c27366 ffffc90007843ad8
[ 1002.296169] ffffffff8121f838 fffffffffffffffc fffffffffffffffc ffffc90007843e60
[ 1002.296176] Call Trace:
[ 1002.296190] [<ffffffff818129ba>] dump_stack+0x45/0x57
[ 1002.296200] [<ffffffff8121f838>] report_size_overflow+0x38/0x60
[ 1002.296209] [<ffffffff816a979e>] scm_detach_fds+0x2ce/0x300
[ 1002.296220] [<ffffffff81791899>] unix_stream_read_generic+0x609/0x930
[ 1002.296228] [<ffffffff81791c9f>] unix_stream_recvmsg+0x4f/0x60
[ 1002.296236] [<ffffffff8178dc00>] ? unix_set_peek_off+0x50/0x50
[ 1002.296243] [<ffffffff8168fac7>] sock_recvmsg+0x47/0x60
[ 1002.296248] [<ffffffff81691522>] ___sys_recvmsg+0xe2/0x1e0
[ 1002.296257] [<ffffffff81693496>] __sys_recvmsg+0x46/0x80
[ 1002.296263] [<ffffffff816934fc>] SyS_recvmsg+0x2c/0x40
[ 1002.296271] [<ffffffff8181a3ab>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x85
Further investigation showed that this can happen when an *odd* number of
fds are being passed over AF_UNIX sockets.
In these cases CMSG_LEN(i * sizeof(int)) and CMSG_SPACE(i * sizeof(int)),
where i is the number of successfully passed fds, differ by 4 bytes due
to the extra CMSG_ALIGN() padding in CMSG_SPACE() to an 8 byte boundary
on 64 bit. The padding is used to align subsequent cmsg headers in the
control buffer.
When the control buffer passed in from the receiver side *lacks* these 4
bytes (e.g. due to buggy/wrong API usage), then msg->msg_controllen will
overflow in scm_detach_fds():
int cmlen = CMSG_LEN(i * sizeof(int)); <--- cmlen w/o tail-padding
err = put_user(SOL_SOCKET, &cm->cmsg_level);
if (!err)
err = put_user(SCM_RIGHTS, &cm->cmsg_type);
if (!err)
err = put_user(cmlen, &cm->cmsg_len);
if (!err) {
cmlen = CMSG_SPACE(i * sizeof(int)); <--- cmlen w/ 4 byte extra tail-padding
msg->msg_control += cmlen;
msg->msg_controllen -= cmlen; <--- iff no tail-padding space here ...
} ... wrap-around
F.e. it will wrap to a length of 18446744073709551612 bytes in case the
receiver passed in msg->msg_controllen of 20 bytes, and the sender
properly transferred 1 fd to the receiver, so that its CMSG_LEN results
in 20 bytes and CMSG_SPACE in 24 bytes.
In case of MSG_CMSG_COMPAT (scm_detach_fds_compat()), I haven't seen an
issue in my tests as alignment seems always on 4 byte boundary. Same
should be in case of native 32 bit, where we end up with 4 byte boundaries
as well.
In practice, passing msg->msg_controllen of 20 to recvmsg() while receiving
a single fd would mean that on successful return, msg->msg_controllen is
being set by the kernel to 24 bytes instead, thus more than the input
buffer advertised. It could f.e. become an issue if such application later
on zeroes or copies the control buffer based on the returned msg->msg_controllen
elsewhere.
Maximum number of fds we can send is a hard upper limit SCM_MAX_FD (253).
Going over the code, it seems like msg->msg_controllen is not being read
after scm_detach_fds() in scm_recv() anymore by the kernel, good!
Relevant recvmsg() handler are unix_dgram_recvmsg() (unix_seqpacket_recvmsg())
and unix_stream_recvmsg(). Both return back to their recvmsg() caller,
and ___sys_recvmsg() places the updated length, that is, new msg_control -
old msg_control pointer into msg->msg_controllen (hence the 24 bytes seen
in the example).
Long time ago, Wei Yongjun fixed something related in commit 1ac70e7ad2
("[NET]: Fix function put_cmsg() which may cause usr application memory
overflow").
RFC3542, section 20.2. says:
The fields shown as "XX" are possible padding, between the cmsghdr
structure and the data, and between the data and the next cmsghdr
structure, if required by the implementation. While sending an
application may or may not include padding at the end of last
ancillary data in msg_controllen and implementations must accept both
as valid. On receiving a portable application must provide space for
padding at the end of the last ancillary data as implementations may
copy out the padding at the end of the control message buffer and
include it in the received msg_controllen. When recvmsg() is called
if msg_controllen is too small for all the ancillary data items
including any trailing padding after the last item an implementation
may set MSG_CTRUNC.
Since we didn't place MSG_CTRUNC for already quite a long time, just do
the same as in 1ac70e7ad2 to avoid an overflow.
Btw, even man-page author got this wrong :/ See db939c9b26e9 ("cmsg.3: Fix
error in SCM_RIGHTS code sample"). Some people must have copied this (?),
thus it got triggered in the wild (reported several times during boot by
David and HacKurx).
No Fixes tag this time as pre 2002 (that is, pre history tree).
Reported-by: David Sterba <dave@jikos.cz>
Reported-by: HacKurx <hackurx@gmail.com>
Cc: PaX Team <pageexec@freemail.hu>
Cc: Emese Revfy <re.emese@gmail.com>
Cc: Brad Spengler <spender@grsecurity.net>
Cc: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add tracepoint to show fib6 table lookups and result.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_alloc_skb() can return NULL.
We should not crash should this happen.
Fixes: 93f93a4404 ("net: move skb_mark_napi_id() into core networking stack")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NAPI drivers no longer need to observe a particular protocol
to benefit from busy polling (CONFIG_NET_RX_BUSY_POLL=y)
napi_hash_add() and napi_hash_del() are automatically called
from core networking stack, respectively from
netif_napi_add() and netif_napi_del()
This patch depends on free_netdev() and netif_napi_del() being
called from process context, which seems to be the norm.
Drivers might still prefer to call napi_hash_del() on their
own, since they might combine all the rcu grace periods into
a single one, knowing their NAPI structures lifetime, while
core networking stack has no idea of a possible combining.
Once this patch proves to not bring serious regressions,
we will cleanup drivers to either remove napi_hash_del()
or provide appropriate rcu grace periods combining.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_hash_del() will soon be used from both drivers (if they want)
or core networking stack.
Callers are responsibles to ensure an RCU grace period is respected
before freeing napi structure : napi_hash_del() can signal if
this RCU grace period is needed or not.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do not often add/delete a napi context.
Moving napi_hash[] into read mostly section avoids potential false sharing.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_tx_napi_add() is a variant of netif_napi_add()
It should be used by drivers that use a napi structure
to exclusively poll TX.
We do not want to add this kind of napi in napi_hash[] in following
patches, adding generic busy polling to all NAPI drivers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We would like to automatically provide busy polling support
to all NAPI drivers, without them having to implement anything.
skb_mark_napi_id() can be called from napi_gro_receive() and
napi_get_frags().
Few drivers are still calling skb_mark_napi_id() because
they use netif_receive_skb(). They should eventually call
napi_gro_receive() instead. I will leave this to drivers
maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having to implement complex ndo_busy_poll() method,
drivers can simply rely on NAPI poll logic.
Busy polling gains are mainly coming from polling itself,
not on exact details on how we poll the device.
ndo_busy_poll() if implemented can avoid touching
napi state, but it adds extra synchronization between
normal napi->poll() and busy poll handler, slowing down
the common path (non busy polling) with extra atomic operations.
In practice few drivers ever got busy poll because of the complexity.
We could go one step further, and make busy polling
available for all NAPI drivers, but this would require
that all netif_napi_del() calls are done in process context
so that we can call synchronize_rcu().
Full audit would be required.
Before this is done, a driver still needs to call :
- skb_mark_napi_id() for each skb provided to the stack.
- napi_hash_add() and napi_hash_del() to allocate a napi_id per napi struct.
- Make sure RCU grace period is respected after napi_hash_del() before
memory containing napi structure is freed.
Followup patch implements busy poll for mlx5 driver as an example.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of blocking BH in whole sk_busy_loop(), block them
only around ->ndo_busy_poll() calls.
This has many benefits.
1) allow tunneled traffic to use busy poll as well as native traffic.
Tunnels handlers usually call netif_rx() and depend on net_rx_action()
being run (from sofirq handler)
2) allow RFS/RPS being used (sending IPI to other cpus if needed)
3) use the 'lets burn cpu cycles' budget to do useful work
(like TX completions, timers, RCU callbacks...)
4) reduce BH latencies, making busy poll a better citizen.
Tested:
Tested with SIT tunnel
lpaa5:~# echo 0 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa5:~# ./netperf -H 2002:af6:786::1 -t TCP_RR
MIGRATED TCP REQUEST/RESPONSE TEST from ::0 (::) port 0 AF_INET6 to 2002:af6:786::1 () port 0 AF_INET6 : first burst 0
Local /Remote
Socket Size Request Resp. Elapsed Trans.
Send Recv Size Size Time Rate
bytes Bytes bytes bytes secs. per sec
16384 87380 1 1 10.00 37373.93
16384 87380
Now enable busy poll on both hosts
lpaa5:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa6:~# echo 70 >/proc/sys/net/core/busy_read
lpaa5:~# ./netperf -H 2002:af6:786::1 -t TCP_RR
MIGRATED TCP REQUEST/RESPONSE TEST from ::0 (::) port 0 AF_INET6 to 2002:af6:786::1 () port 0 AF_INET6 : first burst 0
Local /Remote
Socket Size Request Resp. Elapsed Trans.
Send Recv Size Size Time Rate
bytes Bytes bytes bytes secs. per sec
16384 87380 1 1 10.00 58314.77
16384 87380
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is really little gain from inlining this big function.
We'll soon make it even bigger in following patches.
This means we no longer need to export napi_by_id()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->sender_cpu and skb->napi_id share a common storage,
and we had various bugs about this.
We had to call skb_sender_cpu_clear() in some places to
not leave a prior skb->napi_id and fool netdev_pick_tx()
As suggested by Alexei, we could split the space so that
these errors can not happen.
0 value being reserved as the common (not initialized) value,
let's reserve [1 .. NR_CPUS] range for valid sender_cpu,
and [NR_CPUS+1 .. ~0U] for valid napi_id.
This will allow proper busy polling support over tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Suggested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 00ee592717 ("net: fix __netdev_update_features return
on ndo_set_features failure")
and adds a comment explaining why it's okay to return a value other than
0 upon error. Some drivers might actually change flags and return an
error so it's better to fire a spurious notification rather than miss
these.
CC: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following warning:
CC net/core/rtnetlink.o
net/core/rtnetlink.c: In function ‘rtnl_fill_ifinfo’:
net/core/rtnetlink.c:1308:1: warning: the frame size of 2864 bytes is larger than 2048 bytes [-Wframe-larger-than=]
}
^
by splitting up the huge rtnl_fill_ifinfo into some smaller ones, so we
don't have the huge frame allocations at the same time.
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. new skb only need dst and ip address(v4 or v6).
2. skb_copy may need high order pages, which is very rare on long running server.
Signed-off-by: Junwei Zhang <linggao.zjw@alibaba-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Zhang <martinbj2008@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we have multiple stacked vlan devices all of which have
turned off REORDER_HEADER flag, the untag operation does not
locate the ethernet addresses correctly for nested vlans.
The reason is that in case of REORDER_HEADER flag being off,
the outer vlan headers are put back and the mac_len is adjusted
to account for the presense of the header. Then, the subsequent
untag operation, for the next level vlan, always use VLAN_ETH_HLEN
to locate the begining of the ethernet header and that ends up
being a multiple of 4 bytes short of the actuall beginning
of the mac header (the multiple depending on the how many vlan
encapsulations ethere are).
As a reslult, if there are multiple levles of vlan devices
with REODER_HEADER being off, the recevied packets end up
being dropped.
To solve this, we use skb->mac_len as the offset. The value
is always set on receive path and starts out as a ETH_HLEN.
The value is also updated when the vlan header manupations occur
so we know it will be correct.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent flaw in the netdev feature setting resulted in warnings
like this one from VLAN interfaces:
WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 4975 at net/core/dev.c:2419 skb_warn_bad_offload+0xbc/0xcb()
: caps=(0x00000000001b5820, 0x00000000001b5829) len=2782 data_len=0 gso_size=1348 gso_type=16 ip_summed=3
The ":" is supposed to be preceded by a driver name, but in this
case it is an empty string since the device has no parent.
There are many types of network devices without a parent. The
anonymous warnings for these devices can be hard to debug. Log
the network device name instead in these cases to assist further
debugging.
This is mostly similar to how __netdev_printk() handles orphan
devices.
Signed-off-by: Bjørn Mork <bjorn@mork.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If ndo_set_features fails __netdev_update_features() will return -1 but
this is wrong because it is expected to return 0 if no features were
changed (see netdev_update_features()), which will cause a netdev
notifier to be called without any actual changes. Fix this by returning
0 if ndo_set_features fails.
Fixes: 6cb6a27c45 ("net: Call netdev_features_change() from netdev_update_features()")
CC: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __netdev_update_features() was updated to ensure some features are
disabled on new lower devices, an error was introduced for devices which
don't have the ndo_set_features() method set. Before we'll just set the
new features, but now we return an error and don't set them. Fix this by
returning the old behaviour and setting err to 0 when ndo_set_features
is not present.
Fixes: e7868a85e1 ("net/core: ensure features get disabled on new lower devs")
CC: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
CC: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Dave Young <dyoung@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Fix null deref in xt_TEE netfilter module, from Eric Dumazet.
2) Several spots need to get to the original listner for SYN-ACK
packets, most spots got this ok but some were not. Whilst covering
the remaining cases, create a helper to do this. From Eric Dumazet.
3) Missiing check of return value from alloc_netdev() in CAIF SPI code,
from Rasmus Villemoes.
4) Don't sleep while != TASK_RUNNING in macvtap, from Vlad Yasevich.
5) Use after free in mvneta driver, from Justin Maggard.
6) Fix race on dst->flags access in dst_release(), from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add missing ZLIB_INFLATE dependency for new qed driver. From Arnd
Bergmann.
8) Fix multicast getsockopt deadlock, from WANG Cong.
9) Fix deadlock in btusb, from Kuba Pawlak.
10) Some ipv6_add_dev() failure paths were not cleaning up the SNMP6
counter state. From Sabrina Dubroca.
11) Fix packet_bind() race, which can cause lost notifications, from
Francesco Ruggeri.
12) Fix MAC restoration in qlcnic driver during bonding mode changes,
from Jarod Wilson.
13) Revert bridging forward delay change which broke libvirt and other
userspace things, from Vlad Yasevich.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (65 commits)
Revert "bridge: Allow forward delay to be cfgd when STP enabled"
bpf_trace: Make dependent on PERF_EVENTS
qed: select ZLIB_INFLATE
net: fix a race in dst_release()
net: mvneta: Fix memory use after free.
net: Documentation: Fix default value tcp_limit_output_bytes
macvtap: Resolve possible __might_sleep warning in macvtap_do_read()
mvneta: add FIXED_PHY dependency
net: caif: check return value of alloc_netdev
net: hisilicon: NET_VENDOR_HISILICON should depend on HAS_DMA
drivers: net: xgene: fix RGMII 10/100Mb mode
netfilter: nft_meta: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
net_sched: em_meta: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
sched: cls_flow: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
netfilter: xt_owner: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
smack: use skb_to_full_sk() helper
net: add skb_to_full_sk() helper and use it in selinux_netlbl_skbuff_setsid()
bpf: doc: correct arch list for supported eBPF JIT
dwc_eth_qos: Delete an unnecessary check before the function call "of_node_put"
bonding: fix panic on non-ARPHRD_ETHER enslave failure
...
Only cpu seeing dst refcount going to 0 can safely
dereference dst->flags.
Otherwise an other cpu might already have freed the dst.
Fixes: 27b75c95f1 ("net: avoid RCU for NOCACHE dst")
Reported-by: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__GFP_WAIT has been used to identify atomic context in callers that hold
spinlocks or are in interrupts. They are expected to be high priority and
have access one of two watermarks lower than "min" which can be referred
to as the "atomic reserve". __GFP_HIGH users get access to the first
lower watermark and can be called the "high priority reserve".
Over time, callers had a requirement to not block when fallback options
were available. Some have abused __GFP_WAIT leading to a situation where
an optimisitic allocation with a fallback option can access atomic
reserves.
This patch uses __GFP_ATOMIC to identify callers that are truely atomic,
cannot sleep and have no alternative. High priority users continue to use
__GFP_HIGH. __GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM identifies callers that can sleep and
are willing to enter direct reclaim. __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM to identify
callers that want to wake kswapd for background reclaim. __GFP_WAIT is
redefined as a caller that is willing to enter direct reclaim and wake
kswapd for background reclaim.
This patch then converts a number of sites
o __GFP_ATOMIC is used by callers that are high priority and have memory
pools for those requests. GFP_ATOMIC uses this flag.
o Callers that have a limited mempool to guarantee forward progress clear
__GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM but keep __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM. bio allocations fall
into this category where kswapd will still be woken but atomic reserves
are not used as there is a one-entry mempool to guarantee progress.
o Callers that are checking if they are non-blocking should use the
helper gfpflags_allow_blocking() where possible. This is because
checking for __GFP_WAIT as was done historically now can trigger false
positives. Some exceptions like dm-crypt.c exist where the code intent
is clearer if __GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM is used instead of the helper due to
flag manipulations.
o Callers that built their own GFP flags instead of starting with GFP_KERNEL
and friends now also need to specify __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM.
The first key hazard to watch out for is callers that removed __GFP_WAIT
and was depending on access to atomic reserves for inconspicuous reasons.
In some cases it may be appropriate for them to use __GFP_HIGH.
The second key hazard is callers that assembled their own combination of
GFP flags instead of starting with something like GFP_KERNEL. They may
now wish to specify __GFP_KSWAPD_RECLAIM. It's almost certainly harmless
if it's missed in most cases as other activity will wake kswapd.
Signed-off-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net>
Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Vitaly Wool <vitalywool@gmail.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
With moving netdev_sync_lower_features() after the .ndo_set_features
calls, I neglected to verify that devices added *after* a flag had been
disabled on an upper device were properly added with that flag disabled as
well. This currently happens, because we exit __netdev_update_features()
when we see dev->features == features for the upper dev. We can retain the
optimization of leaving without calling .ndo_set_features with a bit of
tweaking and a goto here.
Fixes: fd867d51f8 ("net/core: generic support for disabling netdev features down stack")
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
CC: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As pointed out by Nikolay and further explained by Geert, the initial
for_each_netdev_feature macro was broken, as feature would get set outside
of the block of code it was intended to run in, thus only ever working for
the first feature bit in the mask. While less pretty this way, this is
tested and confirmed functional with multiple feature bits set in
NETIF_F_UPPER_DISABLES.
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -K bond0 lro off
...
[ 242.761394] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p2.
[ 243.552178] bnx2x 0000:06:00.1 p5p2: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 74 fp[0] 76 ... fp[7] 83
[ 244.353978] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p1.
[ 245.147420] bnx2x 0000:06:00.0 p5p1: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 62 fp[0] 64 ... fp[7] 71
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -K bond0 gro off
...
[ 251.925645] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000004000 on lower dev p5p2.
[ 252.713693] bnx2x 0000:06:00.1 p5p2: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 74 fp[0] 76 ... fp[7] 83
[ 253.499085] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000004000 on lower dev p5p1.
[ 254.290922] bnx2x 0000:06:00.0 p5p1: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 62 fp[0] 64 ... fp[7] 71
Fixes: fd867d51f ("net/core: generic support for disabling netdev features down stack")
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
CC: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the definition of PTP_CLASS_L2 to not have any bits overlapping with
the other defined protocol values, allowing the PTP_CLASS_* definitions to
be for simple filtering on packet type.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sørensen <stefan.sorensen@spectralink.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some netdev features, which when disabled on an upper device,
such as a bonding master or a bridge, must be disabled and cannot be
re-enabled on underlying devices.
This is a rework of an earlier more heavy-handed appraoch, which simply
disables and prevents re-enabling of netdev features listed in a new
define in include/net/netdev_features.h, NETIF_F_UPPER_DISABLES. Any upper
device that disables a flag in that feature mask, the disabling will
propagate down the stack, and any lower device that has any upper device
with one of those flags disabled should not be able to enable said flag.
Initially, only LRO is included for proof of concept, and because this
code effectively does the same thing as dev_disable_lro(), though it will
also activate from the ethtool path, which was one of the goals here.
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k bond0 |grep large
large-receive-offload: on
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k p5p1 |grep large
large-receive-offload: on
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -K bond0 lro off
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k bond0 |grep large
large-receive-offload: off
[root@dell-per730-01 ~]# ethtool -k p5p1 |grep large
large-receive-offload: off
dmesg dump:
[ 1033.277986] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p2.
[ 1034.067949] bnx2x 0000:06:00.1 p5p2: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 74 fp[0] 76 ... fp[7] 83
[ 1034.753612] bond0: Disabling feature 0x0000000000008000 on lower dev p5p1.
[ 1035.591019] bnx2x 0000:06:00.0 p5p1: using MSI-X IRQs: sp 62 fp[0] 64 ... fp[7] 71
This has been successfully tested with bnx2x, qlcnic and netxen network
cards as slaves in a bond interface. Turning LRO on or off on the master
also turns it on or off on each of the slaves, new slaves are added with
LRO in the same state as the master, and LRO can't be toggled on the
slaves.
Also, this should largely remove the need for dev_disable_lro(), and most,
if not all, of its call sites can be replaced by simply making sure
NETIF_F_LRO isn't included in the relevant device's feature flags.
Note that this patch is driven by bug reports from users saying it was
confusing that bonds and slaves had different settings for the same
features, and while it won't be 100% in sync if a lower device doesn't
support a feature like LRO, I think this is a good step in the right
direction.
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
CC: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
CC: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb_set_owner_w() is called from various places that assume
skb->sk always point to a full blown socket (as it changes
sk->sk_wmem_alloc)
We'd like to attach skb to request sockets, and in the future
to timewait sockets as well. For these kind of pseudo sockets,
we need to take a traditional refcount and use sock_edemux()
as the destructor.
It is now time to un-inline skb_set_owner_w(), being too big.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Bisected-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netstamp_needed is toggled for all socket families if they request
timestamping. But some protocols don't need the lower-layer timestamping
code at all. This patch starts disabling it for af-unix.
E.g. systemd enables timestamping during boot-up on the journald af-unix
sockets, thus causing the system to globally enable timestamping in the
lower networking stack. Still, it is very probable that timestamping
gets activated, by e.g. dhclient or various NTP implementations.
Reported-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding IPv6 for the TSO helper API is trivial:
* Don't play with the id (which doesn't exist in IPv6)
* Correctly update the payload_len (don't include the
length of the IP header itself)
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv6/xfrm6_output.c
net/openvswitch/flow_netlink.c
net/openvswitch/vport-gre.c
net/openvswitch/vport-vxlan.c
net/openvswitch/vport.c
net/openvswitch/vport.h
The openvswitch conflicts were overlapping changes. One was
the egress tunnel info fix in 'net' and the other was the
vport ->send() op simplification in 'net-next'.
The xfrm6_output.c conflicts was also a simplification
overlapping a bug fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add netlink directives and ndo entry to trust VF user.
This controls the special permission of VF user.
The administrator will dedicatedly trust VF user to use some features
which impacts security and/or performance.
The administrator never turn it on unless VF user is fully trusted.
CC: Sy Jong Choi <sy.jong.choi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hiroshi Shimamoto <h-shimamoto@ct.jp.nec.com>
Acked-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
While transitioning to netdev based vport we broke OVS
feature which allows user to retrieve tunnel packet egress
information for lwtunnel devices. Following patch fixes it
by introducing ndo operation to get the tunnel egress info.
Same ndo operation can be used for lwtunnel devices and compat
ovs-tnl-vport devices. So after adding such device operation
we can remove similar operation from ovs-vport.
Fixes: 614732eaa1 ("openvswitch: Use regular VXLAN net_device device").
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
if_nlmsg_size() overestimates the minimum allocation size of netlink
dump request (when called from rtnl_calcit()) or the size of the
message (when called from rtnl_getlink()). This is because
ext_filter_mask is not supported by rtnl_link_get_af_size() and
rtnl_link_get_size().
The over-estimation is significant when at least one netdev has many
VLANs configured (8 bytes for each configured VLAN).
This patch-set "rightsizes" the protocol specific attribute size
calculation by propagating ext_filter_mask to rtnl_link_get_af_size()
and adding this a argument to get_link_af_size op in rtnl_af_ops.
Bridge module already used filtering aware sizing for notifications.
br_get_link_af_size_filtered() is consistent with the modified
get_link_af_size op so it replaces br_get_link_af_size() in br_af_ops.
br_get_link_af_size() becomes unused and thus removed.
Signed-off-by: Ronen Arad <ronen.arad@intel.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
In the inet_connection_sock.c case the request socket hashing scheme
is completely different in net-next.
The other two conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This newly introduced netdevice notifier is called before actual change
upper happens. That provides a possibility for notifier handlers to
know upper change will happen and react to it, including possibility to
forbid the change. That is valuable for drivers which can check if the
upper device linkage is supported and forbid that in case it is not.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems that kernel memory can leak into userspace by a
kmalloc, ethtool_get_strings, then copy_to_user sequence.
Avoid this by using kcalloc to zero fill the copied buffer.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SO_INCOMING_CPU as added in commit 2c8c56e15d was a getsockopt() command
to fetch incoming cpu handling a particular TCP flow after accept()
This commits adds setsockopt() support and extends SO_REUSEPORT selection
logic : If a TCP listener or UDP socket has this option set, a packet is
delivered to this socket only if CPU handling the packet matches the specified
one.
This allows to build very efficient TCP servers, using one listener per
RX queue, as the associated TCP listener should only accept flows handled
in softirq by the same cpu.
This provides optimal NUMA behavior and keep cpu caches hot.
Note that __inet_lookup_listener() still has to iterate over the list of
all listeners. Following patch puts sk_refcnt in a different cache line
to let this iteration hit only shared and read mostly cache lines.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's useful to allow users to set fwmark for an individual packet,
without changing the socket state. The function this patch adds in
sock layer can be used by the protocols that need such a feature.
Signed-off-by: Edward Hyunkoo Jee <edjee@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to let unprivileged users load and execute eBPF programs
teach verifier to prevent pointer leaks.
Verifier will prevent
- any arithmetic on pointers
(except R10+Imm which is used to compute stack addresses)
- comparison of pointers
(except if (map_value_ptr == 0) ... )
- passing pointers to helper functions
- indirectly passing pointers in stack to helper functions
- returning pointer from bpf program
- storing pointers into ctx or maps
Spill/fill of pointers into stack is allowed, but mangling
of pointers stored in the stack or reading them byte by byte is not.
Within bpf programs the pointers do exist, since programs need to
be able to access maps, pass skb pointer to LD_ABS insns, etc
but programs cannot pass such pointer values to the outside
or obfuscate them.
Only allow BPF_PROG_TYPE_SOCKET_FILTER unprivileged programs,
so that socket filters (tcpdump), af_packet (quic acceleration)
and future kcm can use it.
tracing and tc cls/act program types still require root permissions,
since tracing actually needs to be able to see all kernel pointers
and tc is for root only.
For example, the following unprivileged socket filter program is allowed:
int bpf_prog1(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
u32 index = load_byte(skb, ETH_HLEN + offsetof(struct iphdr, protocol));
u64 *value = bpf_map_lookup_elem(&my_map, &index);
if (value)
*value += skb->len;
return 0;
}
but the following program is not:
int bpf_prog1(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
u32 index = load_byte(skb, ETH_HLEN + offsetof(struct iphdr, protocol));
u64 *value = bpf_map_lookup_elem(&my_map, &index);
if (value)
*value += (u64) skb;
return 0;
}
since it would leak the kernel address into the map.
Unprivileged socket filter bpf programs have access to the
following helper functions:
- map lookup/update/delete (but they cannot store kernel pointers into them)
- get_random (it's already exposed to unprivileged user space)
- get_smp_processor_id
- tail_call into another socket filter program
- ktime_get_ns
The feature is controlled by sysctl kernel.unprivileged_bpf_disabled.
This toggle defaults to off (0), but can be set true (1). Once true,
bpf programs and maps cannot be accessed from unprivileged process,
and the toggle cannot be set back to false.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF socket filter programs may see junk in 'u32 cb[5]' area,
since it could have been used by protocol layers earlier.
For socket filter programs used in af_packet we need to clean
20 bytes of skb->cb area if it could be used by the program.
For programs attached to TCP/UDP sockets we need to save/restore
these 20 bytes, since it's used by protocol layers.
Remove SK_RUN_FILTER macro, since it's no longer used.
Long term we may move this bpf cb area to per-cpu scratch, but that
requires addition of new 'per-cpu load/store' instructions,
so not suitable as a short term fix.
Fixes: d691f9e8d4 ("bpf: allow programs to write to certain skb fields")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Makefile currently controlling compilation of this code lists
it under "obj-y" ...meaning that it currently is not being built as
a module by anyone.
Lets remove the modular code that is essentially orphaned, so that
when reading the driver there is no doubt it is builtin-only.
Since module_init translates to device_initcall in the non-modular
case, the init ordering remains unchanged with this commit. We can
change to one of the other priority initcalls (subsys?) at any later
date, if desired.
We can't remove module.h since the file uses other module related
stuff even though it is not modular itself.
We move the information from the MODULE_LICENSE tag to the top of the
file, since that information is not captured anywhere else. The
MODULE_ALIAS_NET_PF_PROTO becomes a no-op in the non modular case, so
it is removed.
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch makes lockdep_rtnl_is_held return bool due to this
particular function only using either one or zero as its return
value.
In another patch lockdep_is_held is also made return bool.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Yaowei Bai <bywxiaobai@163.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While recently arguing on a seccomp discussion that raw prandom_u32()
access shouldn't be exposed to unpriviledged user space, I forgot the
fact that SKF_AD_RANDOM extension actually already does it for some time
in cBPF via commit 4cd3675ebf ("filter: added BPF random opcode").
Since prandom_u32() is being used in a lot of critical networking code,
lets be more conservative and split their states. Furthermore, consolidate
eBPF and cBPF prandom handlers to use the new internal PRNG. For eBPF,
bpf_get_prandom_u32() was only accessible for priviledged users, but
should that change one day, we also don't want to leak raw sequences
through things like eBPF maps.
One thought was also to have own per bpf_prog states, but due to ABI
reasons this is not easily possible, i.e. the program code currently
cannot access bpf_prog itself, and copying the rnd_state to/from the
stack scratch space whenever a program uses the prng seems not really
worth the trouble and seems too hacky. If needed, taus113 could in such
cases be implemented within eBPF using a map entry to keep the state
space, or get_random_bytes() could become a second helper in cases where
performance would not be critical.
Both sides can trigger a one-time late init via prandom_init_once() on
the shared state. Performance-wise, there should even be a tiny gain
as bpf_user_rnd_u32() saves one function call. The PRNG needs to live
inside the BPF core since kernels could have a NET-less config as well.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Chema Gonzalez <chema@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no good reason why users outside of networking should not
be using this facility, f.e. for initializing their seeds.
Therefore, make it accessible from there as get_random_once().
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c29390c6df ("xps: must clear sender_cpu before
forwarding"), we also need to clear the skb->sender_cpu when moving
from RX to TX via skb_do_redirect() due to the shared location of
napi_id (used on RX) and sender_cpu (used on TX).
Fixes: 27b29f6305 ("bpf: add bpf_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to commit c29390c6df ("xps: must clear sender_cpu before forwarding")
the skb->sender_cpu needs to be cleared before xmit.
Fixes: 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The network namespace is already passed into dst_output pass it into
dst->output lwt->output and friends.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for filtering neighbor dumps by device by adding the
NDA_IFINDEX attribute to the dump request.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current ongoing effort to dump existing cBPF seccomp filters back
to user space requires to hold the pre-transformed instructions like
we do in case of socket filters from sk_attach_filter() side, so they
can be reloaded in original form at a later point in time by utilities
such as criu.
To prepare for this, simply extend the bpf_prog_create_from_user()
API to hold a flag that tells whether we should store the original
or not. Also, fanout filters could make use of that in future for
things like diag. While fanout filters already use bpf_prog_destroy(),
move seccomp over to them as well to handle original programs when
present.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Tycho Andersen <tycho.andersen@canonical.com>
Cc: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Tested-by: Tycho Andersen <tycho.andersen@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sockets have a native eBPF program attached through
setsockopt(sk, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_BPF, ...), and then try to
dump these over getsockopt(sk, SOL_SOCKET, SO_GET_FILTER, ...),
the following panic appears:
[49904.178642] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
[49904.178762] IP: [<ffffffff81610fd9>] sk_get_filter+0x39/0x90
[49904.182000] PGD 86fc9067 PUD 531a1067 PMD 0
[49904.185196] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
[...]
[49904.224677] Call Trace:
[49904.226090] [<ffffffff815e3d49>] sock_getsockopt+0x319/0x740
[49904.227535] [<ffffffff812f59e3>] ? sock_has_perm+0x63/0x70
[49904.228953] [<ffffffff815e2fc8>] ? release_sock+0x108/0x150
[49904.230380] [<ffffffff812f5a43>] ? selinux_socket_getsockopt+0x23/0x30
[49904.231788] [<ffffffff815dff36>] SyS_getsockopt+0xa6/0xc0
[49904.233267] [<ffffffff8171b9ae>] entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x71
The underlying issue is the very same as in commit b382c08656
("sock, diag: fix panic in sock_diag_put_filterinfo"), that is,
native eBPF programs don't store an original program since this
is only needed in cBPF ones.
However, sk_get_filter() wasn't updated to test for this at the
time when eBPF could be attached. Just throw an error to the user
to indicate that eBPF cannot be dumped over this interface.
That way, it can also be known that a program _is_ attached (as
opposed to just return 0), and a different (future) method needs
to be consulted for a dump.
Fixes: 89aa075832 ("net: sock: allow eBPF programs to be attached to sockets")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I accidentally cleared fastopenq.max_qlen in reqsk_queue_alloc()
while max_qlen can be set before listen() is called,
using TCP_FASTOPEN socket option for example.
Fixes: 0536fcc039 ("tcp: prepare fastopen code for upcoming listener changes")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYN_RECV & TIMEWAIT sockets are not full blown, they do not have a
sk_dst_cache pointer.
Fixes: ca6fb06518 ("tcp: attach SYNACK messages to request sockets instead of listener")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before letting request sockets being put in TCP/DCCP regular
ehash table, we need to add either :
- SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU flag to their kmem_cache
- add RCU grace period before freeing them.
Since we carefully respected the SLAB_DESTROY_BY_RCU protocol
like ESTABLISH and TIMEWAIT sockets, use it here.
req_prot_init() being only used by TCP and DCCP, I did not add
a new slab_flags into their rsk_prot, but reuse prot->slab_flags
Since all reqsk_alloc() users are correctly dealing with a failure,
add the __GFP_NOWARN flag to avoid traces under pressure.
Fixes: 079096f103 ("tcp/dccp: install syn_recv requests into ehash table")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
{cls,act}_bpf can now set the skb->priority from an eBPF program based
on various critera, so that for example classful qdiscs like multiq can
update the skb's priority during enqueue time and further push it down
into subsequent qdiscs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using routing realms as part of the classifier is quite useful, it
can be viewed as a tag for one or multiple routing entries (think of
an analogy to net_cls cgroup for processes), set by user space routing
daemons or via iproute2 as an indicator for traffic classifiers and
later on processed in the eBPF program.
Unlike actions, the classifier can inspect device flags and enable
netif_keep_dst() if necessary. tc actions don't have that possibility,
but in case people know what they are doing, it can be used from there
as well (e.g. via devs that must keep dsts by design anyway).
If a realm is set, the handler returns the non-zero realm. User space
can set the full 32bit realm for the dst.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we need to add further flags to the bpf_prog structure, lets migrate
both bools to a bitfield representation. The size of the base structure
(excluding insns) remains unchanged at 40 bytes.
Add also tags for the kmemchecker, so that it doesn't throw false
positives. Even in case gcc would generate suboptimal code, it's not
being accessed in performance critical paths.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be aligned with obj.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This control variable was set at first listen(fd, backlog)
call, but not updated if application tried to increase or decrease
backlog. It made sense at the time listener had a non resizeable
hash table.
Also rounding to powers of two was not very friendly.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is enough to check listener sk_state, no need for an extra
condition.
max_qlen_log can be moved into struct request_sock_queue
We can remove syn_wait_lock and the alignment it enforced.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We no longer use hash_rnd, nr_table_entries and syn_table[]
For a listener with a backlog of 10 millions sockets, this
saves 80 MBytes of vmalloced memory.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In this patch, we insert request sockets into TCP/DCCP
regular ehash table (where ESTABLISHED and TIMEWAIT sockets
are) instead of using the per listener hash table.
ACK packets find SYN_RECV pseudo sockets without having
to find and lock the listener.
In nominal conditions, this halves pressure on listener lock.
Note that this will allow for SO_REUSEPORT refinements,
so that we can select a listener using cpu/numa affinities instead
of the prior 'consistent hash', since only SYN packets will
apply this selection logic.
We will shrink listen_sock in the following patch to ease
code review.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Ying Cai <ycai@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qlen_inc & young_inc were protected by listener lock,
while qlen_dec & young_dec were atomic fields.
Everything needs to be atomic for upcoming lockless listener.
Also move qlen/young in request_sock_queue as we'll get rid
of struct listen_sock eventually.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct request_sock_queue fields are currently protected
by the listener 'lock' (not a real spinlock)
We need to add a private spinlock instead, so that softirq handlers
creating children do not have to worry with backlog notion
that the listener 'lock' carries.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for filtering neighbor dumps by master device by adding
the NDA_MASTER attribute to the dump request. A new netlink flag,
NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED, is added to indicate the kernel supports the
request and output is filtered as requested.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While auditing TCP stack for upcoming 'lockless' listener changes,
I found I had to change fastopen_init_queue() to properly init the object
before publishing it.
Otherwise an other cpu could try to lock the spinlock before it gets
properly initialized.
Instead of adding appropriate barriers, just remove dynamic memory
allocations :
- Structure is 28 bytes on 64bit arches. Using additional 8 bytes
for holding a pointer seems overkill.
- Two listeners can share same cache line and performance would suffer.
If we really want to save few bytes, we would instead dynamically allocate
whole struct request_sock_queue in the future.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier patch 6ae459bda tried to detect void ckecksum partial
skb by comparing pull length to checksum offset. But it does
not work for all cases since checksum-offset depends on
updates to skb->data.
Following patch fixes it by validating checksum start offset
after skb-data pointer is updated. Negative value of checksum
offset start means there is no need to checksum.
Fixes: 6ae459bda ("skbuff: Fix skb checksum flag on skb pull")
Reported-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@odin.com>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason we were carrying the budget value around between the
various calls to napi->poll. If for example one of the drivers called had
a bug in which it returned a non-zero value for work this could result in
the budget value becoming negative.
Rather than carry around a value of budget that is 0 or less we can instead
just loop through and pass 0 to each napi->poll call. If any driver
returns a value for work done that is non-zero then we can report that
driver and continue rather than allowing a bad actor to make the budget
value negative and pass that negative value to napi->poll.
Note, the only actual change here is that instead of letting budget become
negative we are keeping it at 0 regardless of the value returned for work
since it should not be possible for the polling routine to do any actual
work with a budget of 0. So if the polling routine returns a non-0 value
we are just reporting it and continuing with a budget of 0 rather than
letting that work value be subtracted from the budget of 0.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <aduyck@mirantis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Otherwise 4294967295 (MBit/s) (-1) will be printed when there is no link.
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net does not state if this shall be
signed or unsigned.
Also remove the now unused variable fmt_udec.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Stein <alexander.stein@systec-electronic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/arp.c
The net/ipv4/arp.c conflict was one commit adding a new
local variable while another commit was deleting one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The __netdev_find_adj() helper does not use its first argument, only the
device to find and list to walk through.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
of_find_net_device_by_node() uses class_find_device() internally to
lookup the corresponding network device. class_find_device() returns
a reference to the embedded struct device, with its refcount
incremented.
Add a comment to the definition in net/core/net-sysfs.c indicating the
need to drop this refcount, and fix the DSA code to drop this refcount
when the OF-generated platform data is cleaned up and freed. Also
arrange for the ref to be dropped when handling errors.
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dump_rules returns skb length and not error.
But when family == AF_UNSPEC, the caller of dump_rules
assumes that it returns an error. Hence, when family == AF_UNSPEC,
we continue trying to dump on -EMSGSIZE errors resulting in
incorrect dump idx carried between skbs belonging to the same dump.
This results in fib rule dump always only dumping rules that fit
into the first skb.
This patch fixes dump_rules to return error so that we exit correctly
and idx is correctly maintained between skbs that are part of the
same dump.
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers might call napi_disable while not holding the napi instance poll_lock.
In those instances, its possible for a race condition to exist between
poll_one_napi and napi_disable. That is to say, poll_one_napi only tests the
NAPI_STATE_SCHED bit to see if there is work to do during a poll, and as such
the following may happen:
CPU0 CPU1
ndo_tx_timeout napi_poll_dev
napi_disable poll_one_napi
test_and_set_bit (ret 0)
test_bit (ret 1)
reset adapter napi_poll_routine
If the adapter gets a tx timeout without a napi instance scheduled, its possible
for the adapter to think it has exclusive access to the hardware (as the napi
instance is now scheduled via the napi_disable call), while the netpoll code
thinks there is simply work to do. The result is parallel hardware access
leading to corrupt data structures in the driver, and a crash.
Additionaly, there is another, more critical race between netpoll and
napi_disable. The disabled napi state is actually identical to the scheduled
state for a given napi instance. The implication being that, if a napi instance
is disabled, a netconsole instance would see the napi state of the device as
having been scheduled, and poll it, likely while the driver was dong something
requiring exclusive access. In the case above, its fairly clear that not having
the rings in a state ready to be polled will cause any number of crashes.
The fix should be pretty easy. netpoll uses its own bit to indicate that that
the napi instance is in a state of being serviced by netpoll (NAPI_STATE_NPSVC).
We can just gate disabling on that bit as well as the sched bit. That should
prevent netpoll from conducting a napi poll if we convert its set bit to a
test_and_set_bit operation to provide mutual exclusion
Change notes:
V2)
Remove a trailing whtiespace
Resubmit with proper subject prefix
V3)
Clean up spacing nits
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: jmaxwell@redhat.com
Tested-by: jmaxwell@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly as already the case in bpf_redirect()/skb_do_redirect()
pair, let the stack deal with devs that are !IFF_UP.
dev_forward_skb() as well as dev_queue_xmit() will free the skb
and increment drop counter internally in such cases, so we can
spare the condition in bpf_clone_redirect().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Existing bpf_clone_redirect() helper clones skb before redirecting
it to RX or TX of destination netdev.
Introduce bpf_redirect() helper that does that without cloning.
Benchmarked with two hosts using 10G ixgbe NICs.
One host is doing line rate pktgen.
Another host is configured as:
$ tc qdisc add dev $dev ingress
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section clone_redirect_xmit drop
so it receives the packet on $dev and immediately xmits it on $dev + 1
The section 'clone_redirect_xmit' in tcbpf1_kern.o file has the program
that does bpf_clone_redirect() and performance is 2.0 Mpps
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 u32 match u32 0 0 flowid 1:2 \
action bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit drop
which is using bpf_redirect() - 2.4 Mpps
and using cls_bpf with integrated actions as:
$ tc filter add dev $dev root pref 10 \
bpf run object-file tcbpf1_kern.o section redirect_xmit integ_act classid 1
performance is 2.5 Mpps
To summarize:
u32+act_bpf using clone_redirect - 2.0 Mpps
u32+act_bpf using redirect - 2.4 Mpps
cls_bpf using redirect - 2.5 Mpps
For comparison linux bridge in this setup is doing 2.1 Mpps
and ixgbe rx + drop in ip_rcv - 7.8 Mpps
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Often cls_bpf classifier is used with single action drop attached.
Optimize this use case and let cls_bpf return both classid and action.
For backwards compatibility reasons enable this feature under
TCA_BPF_FLAG_ACT_DIRECT flag.
Then more interesting programs like the following are easier to write:
int cls_bpf_prog(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
/* classify arp, ip, ipv6 into different traffic classes
* and drop all other packets
*/
switch (skb->protocol) {
case htons(ETH_P_ARP):
skb->tc_classid = 1;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IP):
skb->tc_classid = 2;
break;
case htons(ETH_P_IPV6):
skb->tc_classid = 3;
break;
default:
return TC_ACT_SHOT;
}
return TC_ACT_OK;
}
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is immediately motivated by the bridge code that chains functions that
call into netfilter. Without passing net into the okfns the bridge code would
need to guess about the best expression for the network namespace to process
packets in.
As net is frequently one of the first things computed in continuation functions
after netfilter has done it's job passing in the desired network namespace is in
many cases a code simplification.
To support this change the function dst_output_okfn is introduced to
simplify passing dst_output as an okfn. For the moment dst_output_okfn
just silently drops the struct net.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netif_receive_skb_sk is only called once in the bridge code, replace
it with a bridge specific function that calls netif_receive_skb.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A function with weird arguments that it will never use to accomdate a
netfilter callback prototype is absolutely in the core of the
networking stack. Frankly it does not make sense and it causes a lot
of confusion as to why arguments that are never used are being passed
to the function.
As I am preparing to make a second change to arguments to the okfn even
the names stops making sense.
As I have removed the two callers of this function remove this confusion
from the networking stack.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Redo commit ed1acc8cd8.
Commit 822b3b2ebf ("net: Add max rate tx queue
attribute") moved get_netdev_queue_index around, but kept the old version.
Probably because of a reuse of the original patch from before Eric's change to
that function.
Remove one inline keyword, and no need for a loop to find
an index into a table.
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Fixes: 822b3b2ebf ("net: Add max rate tx queue attribute")
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unneeded NULL test.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@ expression x; @@
-if (x != NULL) {
\(kmem_cache_destroy\|mempool_destroy\|dma_pool_destroy\)(x);
x = NULL;
-}
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Many commonly used functions like getifaddrs() invoke RTM_GETLINK
to dump the interface information, and do not need the
the AF_INET6 statististics that are always returned by default
from rtnl_fill_ifinfo().
Computing the statistics can be an expensive operation that impacts
scaling, so it is desirable to avoid this if the information is
not needed.
This patch adds a the RTEXT_FILTER_SKIP_STATS extended info flag that
can be passed with netlink_request() to avoid statistics computation
for the ifinfo path.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
problem reported:
kernel 4.1.3
------------
# bridge vlan
port vlan ids
eth0 1 PVID Egress Untagged
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
vmbr0 1 PVID Egress Untagged
94
kernel 4.2
-----------
# bridge vlan
port vlan ids
ndo_bridge_getlink can return -EOPNOTSUPP when an interfaces
ndo_bridge_getlink op is set to switchdev_port_bridge_getlink
and CONFIG_SWITCHDEV is not defined. This today can happen to
bond, rocker and team devices. This patch adds -EOPNOTSUPP
checks after calls to ndo_bridge_getlink.
Fixes: 85fdb95672 ("switchdev: cut over to new switchdev_port_bridge_getlink")
Reported-by: Alexandre DERUMIER <aderumier@odiso.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of always emitting BPF_REG_X, let's emit BPF_REG_X only when the
source actually is BPF_X. This causes programs generated by the classic
converter to not be importable via bpf(), as the eBPF verifier checks that
the src_reg is correct or 0. While not a problem yet, this will be a
problem when BPF_PROG_DUMP lands, and we can potentially dump and re-import
programs generated by the converter.
Signed-off-by: Tycho Andersen <tycho.andersen@canonical.com>
CC: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
CC: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This switches IPv6 policy routing to use the shared
fib_default_rule_pref() function of IPv4 and DECnet. It is also used in
multicast routing for IPv4 as well as IPv6.
The motivation for this patch is a complaint about iproute2 behaving
inconsistent between IPv4 and IPv6 when adding policy rules: Formerly,
IPv6 rules were assigned a fixed priority of 0x3FFF whereas for IPv4 the
assigned priority value was decreased with each rule added.
Since then all users of the default_pref field have been converted to
assign the generic function fib_default_rule_pref(), fib_nl_newrule()
may just use it directly instead. Therefore get rid of the function
pointer altogether and make fib_default_rule_pref() static, as it's not
used outside fib_rules.c anymore.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
diag socket's sock_diag_put_filterinfo() dumps classic BPF programs
upon request to user space (ss -0 -b). However, native eBPF programs
attached to sockets (SO_ATTACH_BPF) cannot be dumped with this method:
Their orig_prog is always NULL. However, sock_diag_put_filterinfo()
unconditionally tries to access its filter length resp. wants to copy
the filter insns from there. Internal cBPF to eBPF transformations
attached to sockets don't have this issue, as orig_prog state is kept.
It's currently only used by packet sockets. If we would want to add
native eBPF support in the future, this needs to be done through
a different attribute than PACKET_DIAG_FILTER to not confuse possible
user space disassemblers that work on diag data.
Fixes: 89aa075832 ("net: sock: allow eBPF programs to be attached to sockets")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These cannot live in net/core/flow.c which only builds when XFRM is
enabled.
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just have a flags member instead.
In file included from include/linux/linkage.h:4:0,
from include/linux/kernel.h:6,
from net/core/flow_dissector.c:1:
In function 'flow_keys_hash_start',
inlined from 'flow_hash_from_keys' at net/core/flow_dissector.c:553:34:
>> include/linux/compiler.h:447:38: error: call to '__compiletime_assert_459' declared with attribute error: BUILD_BUG_ON failed: FLOW_KEYS_HASH_OFFSET % sizeof(u32)
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In ___skb_get_hash ignore return value from skb_flow_dissect_flow_keys.
A failure in that function likely means that there was a parse error,
so we may as well use whatever fields were found before the error was
hit. This is also good because it means we won't keep trying to derive
the hash on subsequent calls to skb_get_hash for the same packet.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should stop
when encapsulation is detected (IP/IP or GRE). Also, add a key_control
flag that indicates encapsulation was encountered during the
dissection.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should be
stopped when a flow label is encountered. Presumably, the flow label
is derived from a sufficient hash of an inner transport packet so
further dissection is not needed (that is ports are not included in
the flow hash). Using the flow label instead of ports has the additional
benefit that packet fragments should hash to same value as non-fragments
for a flow (assuming that the same flow label is used).
We set this flag by default in for skb_get_hash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should be
stopped when an L3 packet is encountered. This would be useful if a
caller just wanted to get IP addresses of the outermost header (e.g.
to do an L3 hash).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parse NEXTHDR_FRAGMENT. When seen account for it in the fragment bits of
key_control. Also, check if first fragment should be parsed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an input flag to flow dissector on rather dissection should be
attempted on a first fragment. Also add key_control flags to indicate
that a packet is a fragment or first fragment.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flags argument will allow control of the dissection process (for
instance whether to parse beyond L3).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of returning immediately (on a parsing failure for instance) we
jump to cleanup code. This always sets protocol values in key_control
(even on a failure there is still valid information in the key_tags that
was set before the problem was hit).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create __get_hash_from_flowi6 and __get_hash_from_flowi4 to get the
flow keys and hash based on flowi structures. These are called by
__skb_get_hash_flowi6 and __skb_get_hash_flowi4. Also, created
get_hash_from_flowi6 and get_hash_from_flowi4 which can be called
when just the hash value for a flowi is needed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move __skb_set_sw_hash to skbuff.h and add __skb_set_hash which is
a common method (between __skb_set_sw_hash and skb_set_hash) to set
the hash in an skbuff.
Also, move skb_clear_hash to be closer to __skb_set_hash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
opts_size is only written and never read. Following patch
removes this unused variable.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the following case doesn't use DCTCP, even if it should:
A responder has f.e. Cubic as system wide default, but for a specific
route to the initiating host, DCTCP is being set in RTAX_CC_ALGO. The
initiating host then uses DCTCP as congestion control, but since the
initiator sets ECT(0), tcp_ecn_create_request() doesn't set ecn_ok,
and we have to fall back to Reno after 3WHS completes.
We were thinking on how to solve this in a minimal, non-intrusive
way without bloating tcp_ecn_create_request() needlessly: lets cache
the CA ecn option flag in RTAX_FEATURES. In other words, when ECT(0)
is set on the SYN packet, set ecn_ok=1 iff route RTAX_FEATURES
contains the unexposed (internal-only) DST_FEATURE_ECN_CA. This allows
to only do a single metric feature lookup inside tcp_ecn_create_request().
Joint work with Florian Westphal.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's currently nothing preventing directing packets with IPv6
encapsulation data to IPv4 tunnels (and vice versa). If this happens,
IPv6 addresses are incorrectly interpreted as IPv4 ones.
Track whether the given ip_tunnel_key contains IPv4 or IPv6 data. Store this
in ip_tunnel_info. Reject packets at appropriate places if they are supposed
to be encapsulated into an incompatible protocol.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few useful tracepoints developing VRF driver.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure we catch future netpoll_send_udp users who use it without
disabling irqs and also as a hint for poll_controller users.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Printing a warning in alloc_netdev_mqs() if tx_queue_len is zero and
IFF_NO_QUEUE not set is not appropriate since drivers may use one of the
alloc_netdev* macros instead of alloc_etherdev*, thereby not
intentionally leaving tx_queue_len uninitialized. Instead check here if
tx_queue_len is zero and set IFF_NO_QUEUE, so the value of tx_queue_len
can be ignored in net/sched_generic.c.
Fixes: 906470c ("net: warn if drivers set tx_queue_len = 0")
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The symbol '__sk_reclaim' is not present in the current tree. Apparently
'__sk_reclaim' was meant to be '__sk_mem_reclaim', so fix it with the
right symbol name for the kernel doc.
Signed-off-by: Jean Sacren <sakiwit@gmail.com>
Cc: Hideo Aoki <haoki@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add info that is passed along with NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER event.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For classifiers getting invoked via tc_classify(), we always need an
extra function call into tc_classify_compat(), as both are being
exported as symbols and tc_classify() itself doesn't do much except
handling of reclassifications when tp->classify() returned with
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY.
CBQ and ATM are the only qdiscs that directly call into tc_classify_compat(),
all others use tc_classify(). When tc actions are being configured
out in the kernel, tc_classify() effectively does nothing besides
delegating.
We could spare this layer and consolidate both functions. pktgen on
single CPU constantly pushing skbs directly into the netif_receive_skb()
path with a dummy classifier on ingress qdisc attached, improves
slightly from 22.3Mpps to 23.1Mpps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make sure to indicate to tunnel driver that key.tun_id is set,
otherwise gre won't recognize the metadata.
Fixes: d3aa45ce6b ("bpf: add helpers to access tunnel metadata")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fix following warnings.
.//net/core/skbuff.c:407: warning: No description found
for parameter 'len'
.//net/core/skbuff.c:407: warning: Excess function parameter
'length' description in '__netdev_alloc_skb'
.//net/core/skbuff.c:476: warning: No description found
for parameter 'len'
.//net/core/skbuff.c:476: warning: Excess function parameter
'length' description in '__napi_alloc_skb'
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add cfg and family arguments to lwt build state functions. cfg is a void
pointer and will either be a pointer to a fib_config or fib6_config
structure. The family parameter indicates which one (either AF_INET
or AF_INET6).
LWT encpasulation implementation may use the fib configuration to build
the LWT state.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c48a11c7ad ("netvm: propagate page->pfmemalloc to skb") added
checks for page->pfmemalloc to __skb_fill_page_desc():
if (page->pfmemalloc && !page->mapping)
skb->pfmemalloc = true;
It assumes page->mapping == NULL implies that page->pfmemalloc can be
trusted. However, __delete_from_page_cache() can set set page->mapping
to NULL and leave page->index value alone. Due to being in union, a
non-zero page->index will be interpreted as true page->pfmemalloc.
So the assumption is invalid if the networking code can see such a page.
And it seems it can. We have encountered this with a NFS over loopback
setup when such a page is attached to a new skbuf. There is no copying
going on in this case so the page confuses __skb_fill_page_desc which
interprets the index as pfmemalloc flag and the network stack drops
packets that have been allocated using the reserves unless they are to
be queued on sockets handling the swapping which is the case here and
that leads to hangs when the nfs client waits for a response from the
server which has been dropped and thus never arrive.
The struct page is already heavily packed so rather than finding another
hole to put it in, let's do a trick instead. We can reuse the index
again but define it to an impossible value (-1UL). This is the page
index so it should never see the value that large. Replace all direct
users of page->pfmemalloc by page_is_pfmemalloc which will hide this
nastiness from unspoiled eyes.
The information will get lost if somebody wants to use page->index
obviously but that was the case before and the original code expected
that the information should be persisted somewhere else if that is
really needed (e.g. what SLAB and SLUB do).
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix blooper in slub]
Fixes: c48a11c7ad ("netvm: propagate page->pfmemalloc to skb")
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com>
Debugged-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.com>
Debugged-by: Jiri Bohac <jbohac@suse.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.6+]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently, the lwtunnel state resides in per-protocol data. This is
a problem if we encapsulate ipv6 traffic in an ipv4 tunnel (or vice versa).
The xmit function of the tunnel does not know whether the packet has been
routed to it by ipv4 or ipv6, yet it needs the lwtstate data. Moving the
lwtstate data to dst_entry makes such inter-protocol tunneling possible.
As a bonus, this brings a nice diffstat.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the IPv6 addresses as an union with IPv4 ones. When using IPv4, the
newly introduced padding after the IPv4 addresses needs to be zeroed out.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to the introduction of IFF_NO_QUEUE, there is a better way for
drivers to indicate that no qdisc should be attached by default. Though,
the old convention can't be dropped since ignoring that setting would
break drivers still using it. Instead, add a warning so out-of-tree
driver maintainers get a chance to adjust their code before we finally
get rid of any special handling of tx_queue_len == 0.
Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function updates a checksum field value and skb->csum based on
a value which is the difference between the old and new checksum.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inet_proto_csum_replace4,2,16 take a pseudohdr argument which indicates
the checksum field carries a pseudo header. This argument should be a
boolean instead of an int.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the capability to redirect dst input in the same way
that dst output is redirected by LWT.
Also, save the original dst.input and and dst.out when setting up
lwtunnel redirection. These can be called by the client as a pass-
through.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 10e4ea751 ("net: Fix race condition in store_rps_map") has moved the
manipulation of the rps_needed jump label under a spinlock. Since changing
the state of a jump label may sleep this is incorrect and causes warnings
during runtime.
Make rps_map_lock a mutex to allow sleeping under it.
Fixes: 10e4ea751 ("net: Fix race condition in store_rps_map")
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The recent refactoring of the IGMP and MLD parsing code into
ipv6_mc_check_mld() / ip_mc_check_igmp() introduced a potential crash /
BUG() invocation for bridges:
I wrongly assumed that skb_get() could be used as a simple reference
counter for an skb which is not the case. skb_get() bears additional
semantics, a user count. This leads to a BUG() invocation in
pskb_expand_head() / kernel panic if pskb_may_pull() is called on an skb
with a user count greater than one - unfortunately the refactoring did
just that.
Fixing this by removing the skb_get() call and changing the API: The
caller of ipv6_mc_check_mld() / ip_mc_check_igmp() now needs to
additionally check whether the returned skb_trimmed is a clone.
Fixes: 9afd85c9e4 ("net: Export IGMP/MLD message validation code")
Reported-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/Kconfig
The cavium conflict was overlapping dependency
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reqsk_queue_destroy() and reqsk_queue_unlink() should use
del_timer_sync() instead of del_timer() before calling reqsk_put(),
otherwise we could free a req still used by another cpu.
But before doing so, reqsk_queue_destroy() must release syn_wait_lock
spinlock or risk a dead lock, as reqsk_timer_handler() might
need to take this same spinlock from reqsk_queue_unlink() (called from
inet_csk_reqsk_queue_drop())
Fixes: fa76ce7328 ("inet: get rid of central tcp/dccp listener timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an explicit neighbour table overflow message (ratelimited) and
statistic to make diagnosing neighbour table overflows tractable in
the wild.
Diagnosing a neighbour table overflow can be quite difficult in the wild
because there is no explicit dmesg logged. Callers to neighbour code
seem to use net_dbg_ratelimit when the neighbour call fails which means
the "base message" is not emitted and the callback suppressed messages
from the ratelimiting can end-up juxtaposed with unrelated messages.
Further, a forced garbage collection will increment a stat on each call
whether it was successful in freeing-up a table entry or not, so that
statistic is only a hint. So, add a net_info_ratelimited message and
explicit statistic to the neighbour code.
Signed-off-by: Rick Jones <rick.jones2@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a race condition in store_rps_map that allows jump label
count in rps_needed to go below zero. This can happen when
concurrently attempting to set and a clear map.
Scenario:
1. rps_needed count is zero
2. New map is assigned by setting thread, but rps_needed count _not_ yet
incremented (rps_needed count still zero)
2. Map is cleared by second thread, old_map set to that just assigned
3. Second thread performs static_key_slow_dec, rps_needed count now goes
negative
Fix is to increment or decrement rps_needed under the spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 1fbe4b46ca "net: pktgen: kill the Wait for kthread_stop
code in pktgen_thread_worker()" removed (in particular) the final
__set_current_state(TASK_RUNNING) and I didn't notice the previous
set_current_state(TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE). This triggers the warning
in __might_sleep() after return.
Afaics, we can simply remove both set_current_state()'s, and we
could do this a long ago right after ef87979c27 "pktgen: better
scheduler friendliness" which changed pktgen_thread_worker() to
use wait_event_interruptible_timeout().
Reported-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 738ac1ebb9 ("net: Clone
skb before setting peeked flag") introduced a use-after-free bug
in skb_recv_datagram. This is because skb_set_peeked may create
a new skb and free the existing one. As it stands the caller will
continue to use the old freed skb.
This patch fixes it by making skb_set_peeked return the new skb
(or the old one if unchanged).
Fixes: 738ac1ebb9 ("net: Clone skb before setting peeked flag")
Reported-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Tested-by: Brenden Blanco <bblanco@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the locally-generated packet path skb->protocol may not be set and
this is required for the lwtunnel encap in order to get the lwtstate.
This would otherwise have been set by ip_output or ip6_output so set
skb->protocol prior to calling the lwtunnel encap
function. Additionally set skb->dev in case it is needed further down
the transmit path.
Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb->hash to the __sk_buff offset map, so it can be accessed from
an eBPF program. We currently already do this for classic BPF filters,
but not yet on eBPF, it might be useful as a demuxer in combination with
helpers like bpf_clone_redirect(), toy example:
__section("cls-lb") int ingress_main(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
unsigned int which = 3 + (skb->hash & 7);
/* bpf_skb_store_bytes(skb, ...); */
/* bpf_l{3,4}_csum_replace(skb, ...); */
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, which, 0);
return -1;
}
I was thinking whether to add skb_get_hash(), but then concluded the
raw skb->hash seems fine in this case: we can directly access the hash
w/o extra eBPF helper function call, it's filled out by many NICs on
ingress, and in case the entropy level would not be sufficient, people
can still implement their own specific sw fallback hash mix anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/s390/net/bpf_jit_comp.c
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/netcp_ethss.c
net/bridge/br_multicast.c
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c
All four conflicts were cases of simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add skb_get_hash_flowi6 and skb_get_hash_flowi4 which derive an sk_buff
hash from flowi6 and flowi4 structures respectively. These functions
can be called when creating a packet in the output path where the new
sk_buff does not yet contain a fully formed packet that is parsable by
flow dissector.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce helpers to let eBPF programs attached to TC manipulate tunnel metadata:
bpf_skb_[gs]et_tunnel_key(skb, key, size, flags)
skb: pointer to skb
key: pointer to 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
size: size of 'struct bpf_tunnel_key'
flags: room for future extensions
First eBPF program that uses these helpers will allocate per_cpu
metadata_dst structures that will be used on TX.
On RX metadata_dst is allocated by tunnel driver.
Typical usage for TX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey;
... populate tkey ...
bpf_skb_set_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, vxlan_dev_ifindex, 0);
RX:
struct bpf_tunnel_key tkey = {};
bpf_skb_get_tunnel_key(skb, &tkey, sizeof(tkey), 0);
... lookup or redirect based on tkey ...
'struct bpf_tunnel_key' will be extended in the future by adding
elements to the end and the 'size' argument will indicate which fields
are populated, thereby keeping backwards compatibility.
The 'flags' argument may be used as well when the 'size' is not enough or
to indicate completely different layout of bpf_tunnel_key.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The newsk returned by sk_clone_lock should hold a get_net()
reference if, and only if, the parent is not a kernel socket
(making this similar to sk_alloc()).
E.g,. for the SYN_RECV path, tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock->..inet_csk_clone_lock
sets up the syn_recv newsk from sk_clone_lock. When the parent (listen)
socket is a kernel socket (defined in sk_alloc() as having
sk_net_refcnt == 0), then the newsk should also have a 0 sk_net_refcnt
and should not hold a get_net() reference.
Fixes: 26abe14379 ("net: Modify sk_alloc to not reference count the
netns of kernel sockets.")
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Field pktgen_dev.allocated_skbs had been written to, but never read
from. The number of allocated skbs can be deduced anyway, from the total
number of sent packets and the 'clone_skb' param.
Signed-off-by: Bogdan Hamciuc <bogdan.hamciuc@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate enough space so as not to force the outgoing net device to do
skb_realloc_headroom().
Signed-off-by: Bogdan Hamciuc <bogdan.hamciuc@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any external user should use the registration API instead of
accessing this directly.
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kfree_skb() is correct here.
Fixes: ffce41962e ('lwtunnel: support dst output redirect function')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, tcp_recvmsg enters a busy loop in sk_wait_data if called
with flags = MSG_WAITALL | MSG_PEEK.
sk_wait_data waits for sk_receive_queue not empty, but in this case,
the receive queue is not empty, but does not contain any skb that we
can use.
Add a "last skb seen on receive queue" argument to sk_wait_data, so
that it sleeps until the receive queue has new skbs.
Link: https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=99461
Link: https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=18493
Link: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1205258
Reported-by: Enrico Scholz <rh-bugzilla@ensc.de>
Reported-by: Dan Searle <dan@censornet.com>
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix the following typo
- unchainged -> unchanged
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
br_mdb.c conflict was a function call being removed to fix a bug in
'net' but whose signature was changed in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gets rid of all OVS specific VXLAN code in the receive and
transmit path by using a VXLAN net_device to represent the vport.
Only a small shim layer remains which takes care of handling the
VXLAN specific OVS Netlink configuration.
Unexports vxlan_sock_add(), vxlan_sock_release(), vxlan_xmit_skb()
since they are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This add the ability to select a routing table based on the tunnel
id which allows to maintain separate routing tables for each virtual
tunnel network.
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 100 lookup 100
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 200 lookup 200
A new static key controls the collection of metadata at tunnel level
upon demand.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduces a new dst_metadata which enables to carry per packet metadata
between forwarding and processing elements via the skb->dst pointer.
The structure is set up to be a union. Thus, each separate type of
metadata requires its own dst instance. If demand arises to carry
multiple types of metadata concurrently, metadata dst entries can be
made stackable.
The metadata dst entry is refcnt'ed as expected for now but a non
reference counted use is possible if the reference is forced before
queueing the skb.
In order to allow allocating dsts with variable length, the existing
dst_alloc() is split into a dst_alloc() and dst_init() function. The
existing dst_init() function to initialize the subsystem is being
renamed to dst_subsys_init() to make it clear what is what.
The check before ip_route_input() is changed to ignore metadata dsts
and drop the dst inside the routing function thus allowing to interpret
metadata in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces lwtunnel_output function to call corresponding
lwtunnels output function to xmit the packet.
It adds two variants lwtunnel_output and lwtunnel_output6 for ipv4 and
ipv6 respectively today. But this is subject to change when lwtstate will
reside in dst or dst_metadata (as per upstream discussions).
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Provides infrastructure to parse/dump/store encap information for
light weight tunnels like mpls. Encap information for such tunnels
is associated with fib routes.
This infrastructure is based on previous suggestions from
Eric Biederman to follow the xfrm infrastructure.
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel generates a lot of warnings when dst entry reference counter
overflows and becomes negative. That bug was seen several times at
machines with outdated 3.10.y kernels. Most like it's already fixed
in upstream. Anyway that flood completely kills machine and makes
further debugging impossible.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
improve accuracy of timing in test_bpf and add two stress tests:
- {skb->data[0], get_smp_processor_id} repeated 2k times
- {skb->data[0], vlan_push} x 68 followed by {skb->data[0], vlan_pop} x 68
1st test is useful to test performance of JIT implementation of BPF_LD_ABS
together with BPF_CALL instructions.
2nd test is stressing skb_vlan_push/pop logic together with skb->data access
via BPF_LD_ABS insn which checks that re-caching of skb->data is done correctly.
In order to call bpf_skb_vlan_push() from test_bpf.ko have to add
three export_symbol_gpl.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow eBPF programs attached to TC qdiscs call skb_vlan_push/pop via
helper functions. These functions may change skb->data/hlen which are
cached by some JITs to improve performance of ld_abs/ld_ind instructions.
Therefore JITs need to recognize bpf_skb_vlan_push/pop() calls,
re-compute header len and re-cache skb->data/hlen back into cpu registers.
Note, skb->data/hlen are not directly accessible from the programs,
so any changes to skb->data done either by these helpers or by other
TC actions are safe.
eBPF JIT supported by three architectures:
- arm64 JIT is using bpf_load_pointer() without caching, so it's ok as-is.
- x64 JIT re-caches skb->data/hlen unconditionally after vlan_push/pop calls
(experiments showed that conditional re-caching is slower).
- s390 JIT falls back to interpreter for now when bpf_skb_vlan_push() is present
in the program (re-caching is tbd).
These helpers allow more scalable handling of vlan from the programs.
Instead of creating thousands of vlan netdevs on top of eth0 and attaching
TC+ingress+bpf to all of them, the program can be attached to eth0 directly
and manipulate vlans as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just before queuing skb for xmit on port, check if skb has been marked by
switchdev port driver as already fordwarded by device. If so, drop skb. A
non-zero skb->offload_fwd_mark field is set by the switchdev port
driver/device on ingress to indicate the skb has already been forwarded by
the device to egress ports with matching dev->skb_mark. The switchdev port
driver would assign a non-zero dev->offload_skb_mark for each device port
netdev during registration, for example.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It would be very useful to retrieve the net_cls's classid from an eBPF
program to allow for a more fine-grained classification, it could be
directly used or in conjunction with additional policies. I.e. docker,
but also tooling such as cgexec, can easily run applications via net_cls
cgroups:
cgcreate -g net_cls:/foo
echo 42 > foo/net_cls.classid
cgexec -g net_cls:foo <prog>
Thus, their respecitve classid cookie of foo can then be looked up on
the egress path to apply further policies. The helper is desigend such
that a non-zero value returns the cgroup id.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Anuradha Karuppiah <anuradhak@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the proto_down flag that can be used by user space
applications to notify switch drivers that errors have been detected on the
device.
The switch driver can react to protodown notification by doing a phys down
on the associated switch port.
Signed-off-by: Anuradha Karuppiah <anuradhak@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we calculate the checksum on the recv path, we store the
result in the skb as an optimisation in case we need the checksum
again down the line.
This is in fact bogus for the MSG_PEEK case as this is done without
any locking. So multiple threads can peek and then store the result
to the same skb, potentially resulting in bogus skb states.
This patch fixes this by only storing the result if the skb is not
shared. This preserves the optimisations for the few cases where
it can be done safely due to locking or other reasons, e.g., SIOCINQ.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Shared skbs must not be modified and this is crucial for broadcast
and/or multicast paths where we use it as an optimisation to avoid
unnecessary cloning.
The function skb_recv_datagram breaks this rule by setting peeked
without cloning the skb first. This causes funky races which leads
to double-free.
This patch fixes this by cloning the skb and replacing the skb
in the list when setting skb->peeked.
Fixes: a59322be07 ("[UDP]: Only increment counter on first peek/recv")
Reported-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similarly as in commit 4f7d2cdfdd ("rtnetlink: verify IFLA_VF_INFO
attributes before passing them to driver"), we have a double nesting
of netlink attributes, i.e. IFLA_VF_PORTS only contains IFLA_VF_PORT
that is nested itself. While IFLA_VF_PORTS is a verified attribute
from ifla_policy[], we only check if the IFLA_VF_PORTS container has
IFLA_VF_PORT attributes and then pass the attribute's content itself
via nla_parse_nested(). It would be more correct to reject inner types
other than IFLA_VF_PORT instead of continuing parsing and also similarly
as in commit 4f7d2cdfdd, to check for a minimum of NLA_HDRLEN.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Cc: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
Minor conflict in br_mdb.c, in 'net' we added a memset of the
on-stack 'ip' variable whereas in 'net-next' we assign a new
member 'vid'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incoming packet should be either in backlog queue or
in RCU read-side section. Otherwise, the final sequence of
flush_backlog() and synchronize_net() may miss packets
that can run without device reference:
CPU 1 CPU 2
skb->dev: no reference
process_backlog:__skb_dequeue
process_backlog:local_irq_enable
on_each_cpu for
flush_backlog => IPI(hardirq): flush_backlog
- packet not found in backlog
CPU delayed ...
synchronize_net
- no ongoing RCU
read-side sections
netdev_run_todo,
rcu_barrier: no
ongoing callbacks
__netif_receive_skb_core:rcu_read_lock
- too late
free dev
process packet for freed dev
Fixes: 6e583ce524 ("net: eliminate refcounting in backlog queue")
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 381c759d99 ("ipv4: Avoid crashing in ip_error")
fixes a problem where processed packet comes from device
with destroyed inetdev (dev->ip_ptr). This is not expected
because inetdev_destroy is called in NETDEV_UNREGISTER
phase and packets should not be processed after
dev_close_many() and synchronize_net(). Above fix is still
required because inetdev_destroy can be called for other
reasons. But it shows the real problem: backlog can keep
packets for long time and they do not hold reference to
device. Such packets are then delivered to upper levels
at the same time when device is unregistered.
Calling flush_backlog after NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL still
accounts all packets from backlog but before that some packets
continue to be delivered to upper levels long after the
synchronize_net call which is supposed to wait the last
ones. Also, as Eric pointed out, processed packets, mostly
from other devices, can continue to add new packets to backlog.
Fix the problem by moving flush_backlog early, after the
device driver is stopped and before the synchronize_net() call.
Then use netif_running check to make sure we do not add more
packets to backlog. We have to do it in enqueue_to_backlog
context when the local IRQ is disabled. As result, after the
flush_backlog and synchronize_net sequence all packets
should be accounted.
Thanks to Eric W. Biederman for the test script and his
valuable feedback!
Reported-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Fixes: 6e583ce524 ("net: eliminate refcounting in backlog queue")
Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen_thread_worker() doesn't need to wait for kthread_stop(), it
can simply exit. Just pktgen_create_thread() and pg_net_exit() should
do get_task_struct()/put_task_struct(). kthread_stop(dead_thread) is
fine.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pktgen_thread_worker() is obviously racy, kthread_stop() can come
between the kthread_should_stop() check and set_current_state().
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Jan Stancek <jstancek@redhat.com>
Reported-by: Marcelo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that the call skb_defer_rx_timestamp will first
check for a phydev before going in and manipulating the skb->data and
skb->len values. By doing this we can avoid unnecessary work on network
devices that don't support phydev. As a result we reduce the total
instruction count needed to process this on most devices.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jason Gunthorpe reported that since commit c02db8c629 ("rtnetlink: make
SR-IOV VF interface symmetric"), we don't verify IFLA_VF_INFO attributes
anymore with respect to their policy, that is, ifla_vfinfo_policy[].
Before, they were part of ifla_policy[], but they have been nested since
placed under IFLA_VFINFO_LIST, that contains the attribute IFLA_VF_INFO,
which is another nested attribute for the actual VF attributes such as
IFLA_VF_MAC, IFLA_VF_VLAN, etc.
Despite the policy being split out from ifla_policy[] in this commit,
it's never applied anywhere. nla_for_each_nested() only does basic nla_ok()
testing for struct nlattr, but it doesn't know about the data context and
their requirements.
Fix, on top of Jason's initial work, does 1) parsing of the attributes
with the right policy, and 2) using the resulting parsed attribute table
from 1) instead of the nla_for_each_nested() loop (just like we used to
do when still part of ifla_policy[]).
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/368913
Fixes: c02db8c629 ("rtnetlink: make SR-IOV VF interface symmetric")
Reported-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Cc: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Cc: Sucheta Chakraborty <sucheta.chakraborty@qlogic.com>
Cc: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Cc: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Cc: Rony Efraim <ronye@mellanox.com>
Cc: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit e1622baf54.
The side effect of this commit is to add a '@NONE' after each virtual
interface name with a 'ip link'. It may break existing scripts.
Reported-by: Olivier Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
User space can crash kernel with
ip link add ifb10 numtxqueues 100000 type ifb
We must replace a BUG_ON() by proper test and return -EINVAL for
crazy values.
Fixes: 60877a32bc ("net: allow large number of tx queues")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rate estimators are limited to 4 Mpps, which was fine years ago, but
too small with current hardware generation.
Lets use 2^5 scaling instead of 2^10 to get 128 Mpps new limit.
On 64bit arch, use an "unsigned long" for temp storage and remove limit.
(We do not expect 32bit arches to be able to reach this point)
Tested:
tc -s -d filter sh dev eth0 parent ffff:
filter protocol ip pref 1 u32
filter protocol ip pref 1 u32 fh 800: ht divisor 1
filter protocol ip pref 1 u32 fh 800::800 order 2048 key ht 800 bkt 0 flowid 1:15
match 07000000/ff000000 at 12
action order 1: gact action drop
random type none pass val 0
index 1 ref 1 bind 1 installed 166 sec
Action statistics:
Sent 39734251496 bytes 863788076 pkt (dropped 863788117, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
rate 4067Mbit 11053596pps backlog 0b 0p requeues 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
qdisc_bstats_update_cpu() and other helpers were added to support
percpu stats for qdisc.
We want to add percpu stats for tc action, so this patch add common
helpers.
qdisc_bstats_update_cpu() is renamed to qdisc_bstats_cpu_update()
qdisc_qstats_drop_cpu() is renamed to qdisc_qstats_cpu_drop()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.fastabend@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel sockets do not hold a reference for the network namespace to
which they point. Socket destruction broadcasting relies on the
network namespace and will cause the splat below when a kernel socket
is destroyed.
This fix simply ignores kernel sockets when they are destroyed.
Reported as:
general protection fault: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
CPU: 1 PID: 9130 Comm: kworker/1:1 Not tainted 4.1.0-gelk-debug+ #1
Workqueue: sock_diag_events sock_diag_broadcast_destroy_work
Stack:
ffff8800b9c586c0 ffff8800b9c586c0 ffff8800ac4692c0 ffff8800936d4a90
ffff8800352efd38 ffffffff8469a93e ffff8800352efd98 ffffffffc09b9b90
ffff8800352efd78 ffff8800ac4692c0 ffff8800b9c586c0 ffff8800831b6ab8
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff8469a93e>] ? mutex_unlock+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffffc09b9b90>] ? inet_diag_handler_get_info+0x110/0x1fb [inet_diag]
[<ffffffff845c868d>] netlink_broadcast+0x1d/0x20
[<ffffffff8469a93e>] ? mutex_unlock+0xe/0x10
[<ffffffff845b2bf5>] sock_diag_broadcast_destroy_work+0xd5/0x160
[<ffffffff8408ea97>] process_one_work+0x147/0x420
[<ffffffff8408f0f9>] worker_thread+0x69/0x470
[<ffffffff8409fda3>] ? preempt_count_sub+0xa3/0xf0
[<ffffffff8408f090>] ? rescuer_thread+0x320/0x320
[<ffffffff84093cd7>] kthread+0x107/0x120
[<ffffffff84093bd0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x1b0/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8469d31f>] ret_from_fork+0x3f/0x70
[<ffffffff84093bd0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x1b0/0x1b0
Tested:
Using a debug kernel while 'ss -E' is running:
ip netns add test-ns
ip netns delete test-ns
Fixes: eb4cb00852 sock_diag: define destruction multicast groups
Fixes: 26abe14379 net: Modify sk_alloc to not reference count the
netns of kernel sockets.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/flow_dissector.c: In function ‘__skb_flow_dissect’:
net/core/flow_dissector.c:132: warning: ‘ip_proto’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c
net/packet/af_packet.c
Both conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One more missing piece of the puzzle. Add vlan dump support to switchdev
port's bridge_getlink. iproute2 "bridge vlan show" cmd already knows how
to show the vlans installed on the bridge and the device , but (until now)
no one implemented the port vlan part of the netlink PF_BRIDGE:RTM_GETLINK
msg. Before this patch, "bridge vlan show":
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlans
57
sw1p1 << device side vlans (missing)
sw1p2 57
sw1p2
sw1p3
sw1p4
br0 None
(When the port is bridged, the output repeats the vlan list for the vlans
on the bridge side of the port and the vlans on the device side of the
port. The listing above show no vlans for the device side even though they
are installed).
After this patch:
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlan
57
sw1p1 30-34 << device side vlans
57
3840 PVID
sw1p2 57
sw1p2 57
3840 PVID
sw1p3 3842 PVID
sw1p4 3843 PVID
br0 None
I re-used ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink to add vlan fill call-back func.
switchdev support adds an obj dump for VLAN objects, using the same
call-back scheme as FDB dump. Support included for both compressed and
un-compressed vlan dumps.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull timer updates from Thomas Gleixner:
"A rather largish update for everything time and timer related:
- Cache footprint optimizations for both hrtimers and timer wheel
- Lower the NOHZ impact on systems which have NOHZ or timer migration
disabled at runtime.
- Optimize run time overhead of hrtimer interrupt by making the clock
offset updates smarter
- hrtimer cleanups and removal of restrictions to tackle some
problems in sched/perf
- Some more leap second tweaks
- Another round of changes addressing the 2038 problem
- First step to change the internals of clock event devices by
introducing the necessary infrastructure
- Allow constant folding for usecs/msecs_to_jiffies()
- The usual pile of clockevent/clocksource driver updates
The hrtimer changes contain updates to sched, perf and x86 as they
depend on them plus changes all over the tree to cleanup API changes
and redundant code, which got copied all over the place. The y2038
changes touch s390 to remove the last non 2038 safe code related to
boot/persistant clock"
* 'timers-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (114 commits)
clocksource: Increase dependencies of timer-stm32 to limit build wreckage
timer: Minimize nohz off overhead
timer: Reduce timer migration overhead if disabled
timer: Stats: Simplify the flags handling
timer: Replace timer base by a cpu index
timer: Use hlist for the timer wheel hash buckets
timer: Remove FIFO "guarantee"
timers: Sanitize catchup_timer_jiffies() usage
hrtimer: Allow hrtimer::function() to free the timer
seqcount: Introduce raw_write_seqcount_barrier()
seqcount: Rename write_seqcount_barrier()
hrtimer: Fix hrtimer_is_queued() hole
hrtimer: Remove HRTIMER_STATE_MIGRATE
selftest: Timers: Avoid signal deadlock in leap-a-day
timekeeping: Copy the shadow-timekeeper over the real timekeeper last
clockevents: Check state instead of mode in suspend/resume path
selftests: timers: Add leap-second timer edge testing to leap-a-day.c
ntp: Do leapsecond adjustment in adjtimex read path
time: Prevent early expiry of hrtimers[CLOCK_REALTIME] at the leap second edge
ntp: Introduce and use SECS_PER_DAY macro instead of 86400
...
The lockless lookups can return entry that is unlinked.
Sometimes they get reference before last neigh_cleanup_and_release,
sometimes they do not need reference. Later, any
modification attempts may result in the following problems:
1. entry is not destroyed immediately because neigh_update
can start the timer for dead entry, eg. on change to NUD_REACHABLE
state. As result, entry lives for some time but is invisible
and out of control.
2. __neigh_event_send can run in parallel with neigh_destroy
while refcnt=0 but if timer is started and expired refcnt can
reach 0 for second time leading to second neigh_destroy and
possible crash.
Thanks to Eric Dumazet and Ying Xue for their work and analyze
on the __neigh_event_send change.
Fixes: 767e97e1e0 ("neigh: RCU conversion of struct neighbour")
Fixes: a263b30936 ("ipv4: Make neigh lookups directly in output packet path.")
Fixes: 6fd6ce2056 ("ipv6: Do not depend on rt->n in ip6_finish_output2().")
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Accessing current->pid/uid from cls_bpf may lead to misleading results and
should not be used when TC classifiers need accurate information about pid/uid.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These groups will contain socket-destruction events for
AF_INET/AF_INET6, IPPROTO_TCP/IPPROTO_UDP.
Near the end of socket destruction, a check for listeners is
performed. In the presence of a listener, rather than completely
cleanup the socket, a unit of work will be added to a private
work queue which will first broadcast information about the socket
and then finish the cleanup operation.
Signed-off-by: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_get_vf_stats where the PF retrieves and fills the VFs traffic
statistics. We encode the VF stats in a nested manner to allow for
future extensions.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bpf_trace_printk() is a helper function used to debug eBPF programs.
Let socket and TC programs use it as well.
Note, it's DEBUG ONLY helper. If it's used in the program,
the kernel will print warning banner to make sure users don't use
it in production.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF programs attached to kprobes need to filter based on
current->pid, uid and other fields, so introduce helper functions:
u64 bpf_get_current_pid_tgid(void)
Return: current->tgid << 32 | current->pid
u64 bpf_get_current_uid_gid(void)
Return: current_gid << 32 | current_uid
bpf_get_current_comm(char *buf, int size_of_buf)
stores current->comm into buf
They can be used from the programs attached to TC as well to classify packets
based on current task fields.
Update tracex2 example to print histogram of write syscalls for each process
instead of aggregated for all.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__skb_header_pointer() returns a pointer that must be checked.
Fixes infinite loop reported by Alexei, and add __must_check to
catch these errors earlier.
Fixes: 6a74fcf426 ("flow_dissector: add support for dst, hop-by-hop and routing ext hdrs")
Reported-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If dst, hop-by-hop or routing extension headers are present determine
length of the options and skip over them in flow dissection.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need to shift after masking to get label value for comparison.
Fixes: b3baa0fbd0 ("mpls: Add MPLS entropy label in flow_keys")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We saw excessive direct memory compaction triggered by skb_page_frag_refill.
This causes performance issues and add latency. Commit 5640f76858
introduces the order-3 allocation. According to the changelog, the order-3
allocation isn't a must-have but to improve performance. But direct memory
compaction has high overhead. The benefit of order-3 allocation can't
compensate the overhead of direct memory compaction.
This patch makes the order-3 page allocation atomic. If there is no memory
pressure and memory isn't fragmented, the alloction will still success, so we
don't sacrifice the order-3 benefit here. If the atomic allocation fails,
direct memory compaction will not be triggered, skb_page_frag_refill will
fallback to order-0 immediately, hence the direct memory compaction overhead is
avoided. In the allocation failure case, kswapd is waken up and doing
compaction, so chances are allocation could success next time.
alloc_skb_with_frags is the same.
The mellanox driver does similar thing, if this is accepted, we must fix
the driver too.
V3: fix the same issue in alloc_skb_with_frags as pointed out by Eric
V2: make the changelog clearer
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Chris Mason <clm@fb.com>
Cc: Debabrata Banerjee <dbavatar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shli@fb.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add strings array of the current supported tunable options.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 70008aa50e ("skbuff: convert to skb_orphan_frags") replaced
open coded tests of SKBTX_DEV_ZEROCOPY and skb_copy_ubufs with calls
to helper function skb_orphan_frags. Apply that to the last remaining
open coded site.
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
allow programs read/write skb->mark, tc_index fields and
((struct qdisc_skb_cb *)cb)->data.
mark and tc_index are generically useful in TC.
cb[0]-cb[4] are primarily used to pass arguments from one
program to another called via bpf_tail_call() which can
be seen in sockex3_kern.c example.
All fields of 'struct __sk_buff' are readable to socket and tc_cls_act progs.
mark, tc_index are writeable from tc_cls_act only.
cb[0]-cb[4] are writeable by both sockets and tc_cls_act.
Add verifier tests and improve sample code.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eBPF programs attached to ingress and egress qdiscs see inconsistent skb->data.
For ingress L2 header is already pulled, whereas for egress it's present.
This is known to program writers which are currently forced to use
BPF_LL_OFF workaround.
Since programs don't change skb internal pointers it is safe to do
pull/push right around invocation of the program and earlier taps and
later pt->func() will not be affected.
Multiple taps via packet_rcv(), tpacket_rcv() are doing the same trick
around run_filter/BPF_PROG_RUN even if skb_shared.
This fix finally allows programs to use optimized LD_ABS/IND instructions
without BPF_LL_OFF for higher performance.
tc ingress + cls_bpf + samples/bpf/tcbpf1_kern.o
w/o JIT w/JIT
before 20.5 23.6 Mpps
after 21.8 26.6 Mpps
Old programs with BPF_LL_OFF will still work as-is.
We can now undo most of the earlier workaround commit:
a166151cbe ("bpf: fix bpf helpers to use skb->mac_header relative offsets")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow dissector if an MPLS header contains an entropy label this is
saved in the new keyid field of flow_keys. The entropy label is
then represented in the flow hash function input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow dissector if a GRE header contains a keyid this is saved in the
new keyid field of flow_keys. The GRE keyid is then represented
in the flow hash function input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow_dissector set the flow label in flow_keys for IPv6. This also
removes the shortcircuiting of flow dissection when a non-zero label
is present, the flow label can be considered to provide additional
entropy for a hash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In flow_dissector set vlan_id in flow_keys when VLAN is found.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We don't need to return the IPv6 address hash as part of flow keys.
In general, using the IPv6 address hash is risky in a hash value
since the underlying use of xor provides no entropy. If someone
really needs the hash value they can get it from the full IPv6
addresses in flow keys (e.g. from flow_get_u32_src).
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds full IPv6 addresses into flow_keys and uses them as
input to the flow hash function. The implementation supports either
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in a union, and selector is used to determine
how may words to input to jhash2.
We also add flow_get_u32_dst and flow_get_u32_src functions which are
used to get a u32 representation of the source and destination
addresses. For IPv6, ipv6_addr_hash is called. These functions retain
getting the legacy values of src and dst in flow_keys.
With this patch, Ethertype and IP protocol are now included in the
flow hash input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes flow hashing to use jhash2 over the flow_keys
structure instead just doing jhash_3words over src, dst, and ports.
This method will allow us take more input into the hashing function
so that we can include full IPv6 addresses, VLAN, flow labels etc.
without needing to resort to xor'ing which makes for a poor hash.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
key_basic is set twice in __skb_flow_dissect which seems unnecessary.
Remove second one.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do break when we see routing flag or a non-zero version number in GRE
header.
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix build error:
net/core/filter.c: In function 'bpf_clone_redirect':
net/core/filter.c:1429:18: error: 'struct sk_buff' has no member named 'tc_verd'
if (G_TC_AT(skb2->tc_verd) & AT_INGRESS)
Fixes: 3896d655f4 ("bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper")
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <gerlitz.or@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow eBPF programs attached to classifier/actions to call
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, ifindex, flags) helper which will
mirror or redirect the packet by dynamic ifindex selection
from within the program to a target device either at ingress
or at egress. Can be used for various scenarios, for example,
to load balance skbs into veths, split parts of the traffic
to local taps, etc.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we scan a packet for GRO processing, we want to see the most
common packet types in the front of the offload_base list.
So add a priority field so we can handle this properly.
IPv4/IPv6 get the highest priority with the implicit zero priority
field.
Next comes ethernet with a priority of 10, and then we have the MPLS
types with a priority of 15.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit f96dee13b8.
It isn't right, ethtool is meant to manage one PHY instance
per netdevice at a time, and this is selected by the SET
command. Therefore by definition the GET command must only
return the settings for the configured and selected PHY.
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As this is already exported from tracing side via commit d9847d310a
("tracing: Allow BPF programs to call bpf_ktime_get_ns()"), we might
as well want to move it to the core, so also networking users can make
use of it, e.g. to measure diffs for certain flows from ingress/egress.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove automatic variable 'err' in register_netevent_notifier() and
return the result of atomic_notifier_chain_register() directly.
Signed-off-by: Wang Long <long.wanglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
classic BPF already exposes skb->dev->ifindex via SKF_AD_IFINDEX extension.
Allow eBPF program to access it as well. Note that classic aborts execution
of the program if 'skb->dev == NULL' (which is inconvenient for program
writers), whereas eBPF returns zero in such case.
Also expose the 'skb_iif' field, since programs triggered by redirected
packet need to known the original interface index.
Summary:
__skb->ifindex -> skb->dev->ifindex
__skb->ingress_ifindex -> skb->skb_iif
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By making sure sk->sk_gso_max_segs minimal value is one,
and sysctl_tcp_min_tso_segs minimal value is one as well,
tcp_tso_autosize() will return a non zero value.
We can then revert 843925f33f
("tcp: Do not apply TSO segment limit to non-TSO packets")
and save few cpu cycles in fast path.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/core/utils.o
...
net/core/utils.c:307:72: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:307:72: expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:307:72: got restricted __be32 [usertype] from
net/core/utils.c:308:34: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:308:34: expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:308:34: got restricted __be32 [usertype] to
net/core/utils.c:310:70: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:310:70: expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:310:70: got restricted __be32 [usertype] from
net/core/utils.c:310:77: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:310:77: expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:310:77: got restricted __be32 [usertype] to
net/core/utils.c:312:72: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:312:72: expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:312:72: got restricted __be32 [usertype] from
net/core/utils.c:313:35: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:313:35: expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:313:35: got restricted __be32 [usertype] to
Note we can use csum_replace4() helper
Fixes: 58e3cac561 ("net: optimise inet_proto_csum_replace4()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/core/secure_seq.o
net/core/secure_seq.c:157:50: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to
integer
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/core/pktgen.c:2672:43: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/pktgen.c:2672:43: expected unsigned short [unsigned] [short] [usertype] <noident>
net/core/pktgen.c:2672:43: got restricted __be16 [usertype] protocol
Let's use proper struct ethhdr instead of hard coding everything.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
unix_stream_recvmsg is refactored to unix_stream_read_generic in this
patch and enhanced to deal with pipe splicing. The refactoring is
inneglible, we mostly have to deal with a non-existing struct msghdr
argument.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare skb_splice_bits to be able to deal with AF_UNIX sockets.
AF_UNIX sockets don't use lock_sock/release_sock and thus we have to
use a callback to make the locking and unlocking configureable.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Giving /proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl an invalid command just returns shell
success and prints a warning in dmesg. This is not very useful for
shell scripting, as it can only detect the error by parsing dmesg.
Instead return -EINVAL when the command is unknown, as this provides
userspace shell scripting a way of detecting this.
Also bump version tag to 2.75, because (1) reading /proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl
output this version number which would allow to detect this small
semantic change, and (2) because the pktgen version tag have not been
updated since 2010.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Too many spaces were introduced in commit 63adc6fb8a ("pktgen: cleanup
checkpatch warnings"), thus misaligning "src_min:" to other columns.
Fixes: 63adc6fb8a ("pktgen: cleanup checkpatch warnings")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When trying to configure the settings for PHY1, using commands
like 'ethtool -s eth0 phyad 1 speed 100', the 'ethtool' seems to
modify other settings apart from the speed of the PHY1, in the
above case.
The ethtool seems to query the settings for PHY0, and use this
as the base to apply the new settings to the PHY1. This is
causing the other settings of the PHY 1 to be wrongly
configured.
The issue is caused by the '_ethtool_get_settings()' API, which
gets called because of the 'ETHTOOL_GSET' command, is clearing
the 'cmd' pointer (of type 'struct ethtool_cmd') by calling
memset. This clears all the parameters (if any) passed for the
'ETHTOOL_GSET' cmd. So the driver's callback is always invoked
with 'cmd->phy_address' as '0'.
The '_ethtool_get_settings()' is called from other files in the
'net/core'. So the fix is applied to the 'ethtool_get_settings()'
which is only called in the context of the 'ethtool'.
Signed-off-by: Arun Parameswaran <aparames@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Ray Jui <rjui@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Scott Branden <sbranden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This restored previous behaviour. If caller does not want ports to be
filled, we should not break.
Fixes: 06635a35d1 ("flow_dissect: use programable dissector in skb_flow_dissect and friends")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
introduce bpf_tail_call(ctx, &jmp_table, index) helper function
which can be used from BPF programs like:
int bpf_prog(struct pt_regs *ctx)
{
...
bpf_tail_call(ctx, &jmp_table, index);
...
}
that is roughly equivalent to:
int bpf_prog(struct pt_regs *ctx)
{
...
if (jmp_table[index])
return (*jmp_table[index])(ctx);
...
}
The important detail that it's not a normal call, but a tail call.
The kernel stack is precious, so this helper reuses the current
stack frame and jumps into another BPF program without adding
extra call frame.
It's trivially done in interpreter and a bit trickier in JITs.
In case of x64 JIT the bigger part of generated assembler prologue
is common for all programs, so it is simply skipped while jumping.
Other JITs can do similar prologue-skipping optimization or
do stack unwind before jumping into the next program.
bpf_tail_call() arguments:
ctx - context pointer
jmp_table - one of BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY maps used as the jump table
index - index in the jump table
Since all BPF programs are idenitified by file descriptor, user space
need to populate the jmp_table with FDs of other BPF programs.
If jmp_table[index] is empty the bpf_tail_call() doesn't jump anywhere
and program execution continues as normal.
New BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY map type is introduced so that user space can
populate this jmp_table array with FDs of other bpf programs.
Programs can share the same jmp_table array or use multiple jmp_tables.
The chain of tail calls can form unpredictable dynamic loops therefore
tail_call_cnt is used to limit the number of calls and currently is set to 32.
Use cases:
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
==========
- simplify complex programs by splitting them into a sequence of small programs
- dispatch routine
For tracing and future seccomp the program may be triggered on all system
calls, but processing of syscall arguments will be different. It's more
efficient to implement them as:
int syscall_entry(struct seccomp_data *ctx)
{
bpf_tail_call(ctx, &syscall_jmp_table, ctx->nr /* syscall number */);
... default: process unknown syscall ...
}
int sys_write_event(struct seccomp_data *ctx) {...}
int sys_read_event(struct seccomp_data *ctx) {...}
syscall_jmp_table[__NR_write] = sys_write_event;
syscall_jmp_table[__NR_read] = sys_read_event;
For networking the program may call into different parsers depending on
packet format, like:
int packet_parser(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
... parse L2, L3 here ...
__u8 ipproto = load_byte(skb, ... offsetof(struct iphdr, protocol));
bpf_tail_call(skb, &ipproto_jmp_table, ipproto);
... default: process unknown protocol ...
}
int parse_tcp(struct __sk_buff *skb) {...}
int parse_udp(struct __sk_buff *skb) {...}
ipproto_jmp_table[IPPROTO_TCP] = parse_tcp;
ipproto_jmp_table[IPPROTO_UDP] = parse_udp;
- for TC use case, bpf_tail_call() allows to implement reclassify-like logic
- bpf_map_update_elem/delete calls into BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY jump table
are atomic, so user space can build chains of BPF programs on the fly
Implementation details:
=======================
- high performance of bpf_tail_call() is the goal.
It could have been implemented without JIT changes as a wrapper on top of
BPF_PROG_RUN() macro, but with two downsides:
. all programs would have to pay performance penalty for this feature and
tail call itself would be slower, since mandatory stack unwind, return,
stack allocate would be done for every tailcall.
. tailcall would be limited to programs running preempt_disabled, since
generic 'void *ctx' doesn't have room for 'tail_call_cnt' and it would
need to be either global per_cpu variable accessed by helper and by wrapper
or global variable protected by locks.
In this implementation x64 JIT bypasses stack unwind and jumps into the
callee program after prologue.
- bpf_prog_array_compatible() ensures that prog_type of callee and caller
are the same and JITed/non-JITed flag is the same, since calling JITed
program from non-JITed is invalid, since stack frames are different.
Similarly calling kprobe type program from socket type program is invalid.
- jump table is implemented as BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY to reuse 'map'
abstraction, its user space API and all of verifier logic.
It's in the existing arraymap.c file, since several functions are
shared with regular array map.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reduce ifdef pollution slightly, no functional change. We can simply
remove the extra alternative definition of handle_ing() and nf_ingress().
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
[1] When entering NUD_PROBE state via neigh_update(), perhaps received
from userspace, correctly (re)initialize the probes count to zero.
This is useful for forcing revalidation of a neighbor (for example
if the host is attempting to do DNA [IPv4 4436, IPv6 6059]).
[2] Notify listeners when a neighbor goes into NUD_PROBE state.
By sending notifications on entry to NUD_PROBE state listeners get
more timely warnings of imminent connectivity issues.
The current notifications on entry to NUD_STALE have somewhat
limited usefulness: NUD_STALE is a perfectly normal state, as is
NUD_DELAY, whereas notifications on entry to NUD_FAILURE come after
a neighbor reachability problem has been confirmed (typically after
three probes).
Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Acked-By: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The spinlock is used to protect netns_ids which is per net,
so there is no need to use a global spinlock.
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: 06635a35d1 ("flow_dissect: use programable dissector in skb_flow_dissect and friends")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_mem_reclaim_partial() goal is to ensure each socket has
one SK_MEM_QUANTUM forward allocation. This is needed both for
performance and better handling of memory pressure situations in
follow up patches.
SK_MEM_QUANTUM is currently a page, but might be reduced to 4096 bytes
as some arches have 64KB pages.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before the patch, the command 'ip link add bond2 type bond mode 802.3ad'
causes the kernel to send a rtnl message for the bond2 interface, with an
ifindex 0.
'ip monitor' shows:
0: bond2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 state DOWN group default
link/ether 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
9: bond2@NONE: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN group default
link/ether ea:3e:1f:53:92:7b brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[snip]
The patch fixes the spotted bug by checking in bond driver if the interface
is registered before calling the notifier chain.
It also adds a check in rtmsg_ifinfo() to prevent this kind of bug in the
future.
Fixes: d4261e5650 ("bonding: create netlink event when bonding option is changed")
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reported-by: Julien Meunier <julien.meunier@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit d2788d3488 ("net: sched: further simplify handle_ing")
removed the call to qdisc_enqueue_root().
However, after this removal we no longer set qdisc pkt length.
This breaks traffic policing on ingress.
This is the minimum fix: set qdisc pkt length before tc_classify.
Only setting the length does remove support for 'stab' on ingress, but
as Alexei pointed out:
"Though it was allowed to add qdisc_size_table to ingress, it's useless.
Nothing takes advantage of recomputed qdisc_pkt_len".
Jamal suggested to use qdisc_pkt_len_init(), but as Eric mentioned that
would result in qdisc_pkt_len_init to no longer get inlined due to the
additional 2nd call site.
ingress policing is rare and GRO doesn't really work that well with police
on ingress, as we see packets > mtu and drop skbs that -- without
aggregation -- would still have fitted the policier budget.
Thus to have reliable/smooth ingress policing GRO has to be turned off.
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Fixes: d2788d3488 ("net: sched: further simplify handle_ing")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlock was missing on error path.
Fixes: 95f38411df ("netns: use a spin_lock to protect nsid management")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the Netfilter ingress hook just after the existing tc ingress
hook, that seems to be the consensus solution for this.
Note that the Netfilter hook resides under the global static key that enables
ingress filtering. Nonetheless, Netfilter still also has its own static key for
minimal impact on the existing handle_ing().
* Without this patch:
Result: OK: 6216490(c6216338+d152) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
16086246pps 7721Mb/sec (7721398080bps) errors: 100000000
42.46% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
25.92% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kfree_skb
7.81% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] pktgen_thread_worker
5.62% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] ip_rcv
2.70% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
2.34% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_sk
1.44% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __build_skb
* With this patch:
Result: OK: 6214833(c6214731+d101) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
16090536pps 7723Mb/sec (7723457280bps) errors: 100000000
41.23% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
26.57% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kfree_skb
7.72% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] pktgen_thread_worker
5.55% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] ip_rcv
2.78% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
2.06% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_sk
1.43% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __build_skb
* Without this patch + tc ingress:
tc filter add dev eth4 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 4.3.2.1/32
Result: OK: 9269001(c9268821+d179) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
10788648pps 5178Mb/sec (5178551040bps) errors: 100000000
40.99% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
17.50% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kfree_skb
11.77% kpktgend_0 [cls_u32] [k] u32_classify
5.62% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] tc_classify_compat
5.18% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] pktgen_thread_worker
3.23% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] tc_classify
2.97% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] ip_rcv
1.83% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
1.50% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_sk
0.99% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __build_skb
* With this patch + tc ingress:
tc filter add dev eth4 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
u32 match ip dst 4.3.2.1/32
Result: OK: 9308218(c9308091+d126) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
10743194pps 5156Mb/sec (5156733120bps) errors: 100000000
42.01% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
17.78% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] kfree_skb
11.70% kpktgend_0 [cls_u32] [k] u32_classify
5.46% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] tc_classify_compat
5.16% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] pktgen_thread_worker
2.98% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] ip_rcv
2.84% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] tc_classify
1.96% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
1.57% kpktgend_0 [kernel.kallsyms] [k] netif_receive_skb_sk
Note that the results are very similar before and after.
I can see gcc gets the code under the ingress static key out of the hot path.
Then, on that cold branch, it generates the code to accomodate the netfilter
ingress static key. My explanation for this is that this reduces the pressure
on the instruction cache for non-users as the new code is out of the hot path,
and it comes with minimal impact for tc ingress users.
Using gcc version 4.8.4 on:
Architecture: x86_64
CPU op-mode(s): 32-bit, 64-bit
Byte Order: Little Endian
CPU(s): 8
[...]
L1d cache: 16K
L1i cache: 64K
L2 cache: 2048K
L3 cache: 8192K
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This new config switch enables the ingress filtering infrastructure that is
controlled through the ingress_needed static key. This prepares the
introduction of the Netfilter ingress hook that resides under this unique
static key.
Note that CONFIG_SCH_INGRESS automatically selects this, that should be no
problem since this also depends on CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I had inlined __alloc_rx_skb into __netdev_alloc_skb and
__napi_alloc_skb I had overlooked the fact that there was a return in the
__alloc_rx_skb. As a result we weren't reserving headroom or setting the
skb->dev in certain cases. This change corrects that by adding a couple of
jump labels to jump to depending on __alloc_skb either succeeding or failing.
Fixes: 9451980a66 ("net: Use cached copy of pfmemalloc to avoid accessing page")
Reported-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So far, only hashes made out of ipv6 addresses could be dissected. This
patch introduces support for dissection of full ipv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce dissector infrastructure which allows user to specify which
parts of skb he wants to dissect.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
next to its user. No relation to flow_dissector so it makes no sense to
have it in flow_dissector.c
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__skb_tx_hash function has no relation to flow_dissect so just move it
to dev.c
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since these functions are defined in flow_dissector.c, move header
declarations from skbuff.h into flow_dissector.h
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older gcc versions (e.g. gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs. Fix this by using named union on structs.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pkt_gen->last_ok was not set properly, so after the first burst
pktgen instead of allocating new packet, will reuse old one, advance
eth_type_trans further, which would mean the stack will be seeing very
short bogus packets.
Fixes: 62f64aed62 ("pktgen: introduce xmit_mode '<start_xmit|netif_receive>'")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions compile to 60 bytes of machine code each.
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config
there are 617 calls of netif_tx_stop_queue()
and 49 calls of netif_tx_stop_all_queues() in vmlinux.
To fix this, remove WARN_ON in netif_tx_stop_queue()
as suggested by davem, and deinline netif_tx_stop_all_queues().
Change in code size is about 20k:
text data bss dec hex filename
82426986 22255416 20627456 125309858 77813a2 vmlinux.before
82406248 22255416 20627456 125289120 777c2a0 vmlinux
gcc-4.7.2 still creates deinlined version of netif_tx_stop_queue
sometimes:
$ nm --size-sort vmlinux | grep netif_tx_stop_queue | wc -l
190
ffffffff81b558a8 <netif_tx_stop_queue>:
ffffffff81b558a8: 55 push %rbp
ffffffff81b558a9: 48 89 e5 mov %rsp,%rbp
ffffffff81b558ac: f0 80 8f e0 01 00 00 lock orb $0x1,0x1e0(%rdi)
ffffffff81b558b3: 01
ffffffff81b558b4: 5d pop %rbp
ffffffff81b558b5: c3 retq
This needs additional fixing.
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Usually, RTM_NEWxxx is returned on a get (same as a dump).
Fixes: 0c7aecd4bd ("netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Roopa said remove the feature flag for this series and she'll work on
bringing it back if needed at a later date.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute. Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.
Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs. So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change adds a function called skb_free_frag which is meant to
compliment the function netdev_alloc_frag. The general idea is to enable a
more lightweight version of page freeing since we don't actually need all
the overhead of a put_page, and we don't quite fit the model of __free_pages.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change moves the __alloc_page_frag functionality out of the networking
stack and into the page allocation portion of mm. The idea it so help make
this maintainable by placing it with other page allocation functions.
Since we are moving it from skbuff.c to page_alloc.c I have also renamed
the basic defines and structure from netdev_alloc_cache to page_frag_cache
to reflect that this is now part of a different kernel subsystem.
I have also added a simple __free_page_frag function which can handle
freeing the frags based on the skb->head pointer. The model for this is
based off of __free_pages since we don't actually need to deal with all of
the cases that put_page handles. I incorporated the virt_to_head_page call
and compound_order into the function as it actually allows for a signficant
size reduction by reducing code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change makes it so that we store the virtual address of the page
in the netdev_alloc_cache instead of the page pointer. The idea behind
this is to avoid multiple calls to page_address since the virtual address
is required for every access, but the page pointer is only needed at
allocation or reset of the page.
While I was at it I also reordered the netdev_alloc_cache structure a bit
so that the size is always 16 bytes by dropping size in the case where
PAGE_SIZE is greater than or equal to 32KB.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing I found that the testing for pfmemalloc in build_skb was
rather expensive. I found the issue to be two-fold. First we have to get
from the virtual address to the head page and that comes at the cost of
something like 11 cycles. Then there is the cost for reading pfmemalloc out
of the head page which can be cache cold due to the fact that
put_page_testzero is likely invalidating the cache-line on one or more
CPUs as the fragments can be shared.
To avoid this extra expense I have added a pfmemalloc member to the
netdev_alloc_cache. I then pushed pieces of __alloc_rx_skb into
__napi_alloc_skb and __netdev_alloc_skb so that I could rewrite them to
make use of the cached pfmemalloc value. The result is that my perf traces
show a reduction from 9.28% overhead to 3.7% for the code covered by
build_skb, __alloc_rx_skb, and __napi_alloc_skb when performing a test with
the packet being dropped instead of being handed to napi_gro_receive.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ingress qdisc has no other purpose than calling into tc_classify()
that executes attached classifier(s) and action(s).
It has a 1:1 relationship to dev->ingress_queue. After having commit
087c1a601a ("net: sched: run ingress qdisc without locks") removed
the central ingress lock, one major contention point is gone.
The extra indirection layers however, are not necessary for calling
into ingress qdisc. pktgen calling locally into netif_receive_skb()
with a dummy u32, single CPU result on a Supermicro X10SLM-F, Xeon
E3-1240: before ~21,1 Mpps, after patch ~22,9 Mpps.
We can redirect the private classifier list to the netdev directly,
without changing any classifier API bits (!) and execute on that from
handle_ing() side. The __QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATE test can be removed,
ingress qdisc doesn't have a queue and thus dev_deactivate_queue()
is also not applicable, ingress_cl_list provides similar behaviour.
In other words, ingress qdisc acts like TCQ_F_BUILTIN qdisc.
One next possible step is the removal of the dev's ingress (dummy)
netdev_queue, and to only have the list member in the netdevice
itself.
Note, the filter chain is RCU protected and individual filter elements
are being kfree'd by sched subsystem after RCU grace period. RCU read
lock is being held by __netif_receive_skb_core().
Joint work with Alexei Starovoitov.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Given quite some code has been removed from ing_filter(), we can just
consolidate that function into handle_ing() and get rid of a few
instructions at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are no longer needed and no longer used kill them.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that sk_alloc knows when a kernel socket is being allocated modify
it to not reference count the network namespace of kernel sockets.
Keep track of if a socket needs reference counting by adding a flag to
struct sock called sk_net_refcnt.
Update all of the callers of sock_create_kern to stop using
sk_change_net and sk_release_kernel as those hacks are no longer
needed, to avoid reference counting a kernel socket.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce xmit_mode 'netif_receive' for pktgen which generates the
packets using familiar pktgen commands, but feeds them into
netif_receive_skb() instead of ndo_start_xmit().
Default mode is called 'start_xmit'.
It is designed to test netif_receive_skb and ingress qdisc
performace only. Make sure to understand how it works before
using it for other rx benchmarking.
Sample script 'pktgen.sh':
\#!/bin/bash
function pgset() {
local result
echo $1 > $PGDEV
result=`cat $PGDEV | fgrep "Result: OK:"`
if [ "$result" = "" ]; then
cat $PGDEV | fgrep Result:
fi
}
[ -z "$1" ] && echo "Usage: $0 DEV" && exit 1
ETH=$1
PGDEV=/proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0
pgset "rem_device_all"
pgset "add_device $ETH"
PGDEV=/proc/net/pktgen/$ETH
pgset "xmit_mode netif_receive"
pgset "pkt_size 60"
pgset "dst 198.18.0.1"
pgset "dst_mac 90:e2:ba:ff:ff:ff"
pgset "count 10000000"
pgset "burst 32"
PGDEV=/proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl
echo "Running... ctrl^C to stop"
pgset "start"
echo "Done"
cat /proc/net/pktgen/$ETH
Usage:
$ sudo ./pktgen.sh eth2
...
Result: OK: 232376(c232372+d3) usec, 10000000 (60byte,0frags)
43033682pps 20656Mb/sec (20656167360bps) errors: 10000000
Raw netif_receive_skb speed should be ~43 million packet
per second on 3.7Ghz x86 and 'perf report' should look like:
37.69% kpktgend_0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
25.81% kpktgend_0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] kfree_skb
7.22% kpktgend_0 [kernel.vmlinux] [k] ip_rcv
5.68% kpktgend_0 [pktgen] [k] pktgen_thread_worker
If fib_table_lookup is seen on top, it means skb was processed
by the stack. To benchmark netif_receive_skb only make sure
that 'dst_mac' of your pktgen script is different from
receiving device mac and it will be dropped by ip_rcv
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow flag NO_TIMESTAMP to turn timestamping on again, like other flags,
with a negation of the flag like !NO_TIMESTAMP.
Also document the option flag NO_TIMESTAMP.
Fixes: afb84b6261 ("pktgen: add flag NO_TIMESTAMP to disable timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
More accurately, listen all netns that have a nsid assigned into the netns
where the netlink socket is opened.
For this purpose, a netlink socket option is added:
NETLINK_LISTEN_ALL_NSID. When this option is set on a netlink socket, this
socket will receive netlink notifications from all netns that have a nsid
assigned into the netns where the socket has been opened. The nsid is sent
to userland via an anscillary data.
With this patch, a daemon needs only one socket to listen many netns. This
is useful when the number of netns is high.
Because 0 is a valid value for a nsid, the field nsid_is_set indicates if
the field nsid is valid or not. skb->cb is initialized to 0 on skb
allocation, thus we are sure that we will never send a nsid 0 by error to
the userland.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch, nsid were protected by the rtnl lock. The goal of this
patch is to be able to find a nsid without needing to hold the rtnl lock.
The next patch will introduce a netlink socket option to listen to all
netns that have a nsid assigned into the netns where the socket is opened.
Thus, it's important to call rtnl_net_notifyid() outside the spinlock, to
avoid a recursive lock (nsid are notified via rtnl). This was the main
reason of the previous patch.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no functional change with this patch. It will ease the refactoring
of the locking system that protects nsids and the support of the netlink
socket option NETLINK_LISTEN_ALL_NSID.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a following commit, a new function will be introduced to only lookup for
a nsid (no allocation if the nsid doesn't exist). To avoid confusion, the
existing function is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this commit is to prepare the rework of the locking of nsnid
protection.
After this patch, rtnl_net_notifyid() will not call anymore __peernet2id(),
ie no idr_* operation into this function.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All callers of this function expect a nsid, not an error.
Thus, returns NETNSA_NSID_NOT_ASSIGNED in case of error so that callers
don't have to convert the error to NETNSA_NSID_NOT_ASSIGNED.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under tcp memory pressure, calling epoll_wait() in edge triggered
mode after -EAGAIN, can result in an indefinite hang in epoll_wait(),
even when there is sufficient memory available to continue making
progress. The problem is that when __sk_mem_schedule() returns 0
under memory pressure, we do not set the SOCK_NOSPACE flag in the
tcp write paths (tcp_sendmsg() or do_tcp_sendpages()). Then, since
SOCK_NOSPACE is used to trigger wakeups when incoming acks create
sufficient new space in the write queue, all outstanding packets
are acked, but we never wake up with the the EPOLLOUT that we are
expecting from epoll_wait().
This issue is currently limited to epoll() when used in edge trigger
mode, since 'tcp_poll()', does in fact currently set SOCK_NOSPACE.
This is sufficient for poll()/select() and epoll() in level trigger
mode. However, in edge trigger mode, epoll() is relying on the write
path to set SOCK_NOSPACE. EPOLL(7) says that in edge-trigger mode we
can only call epoll_wait() after read/write return -EAGAIN. Thus, in
the case of the socket write, we are relying on the fact that
tcp_sendmsg()/network write paths are going to issue a wakeup for
us at some point in the future when we get -EAGAIN.
Normally, epoll() edge trigger works fine when we've exceeded the
sk->sndbuf because in that case we do set SOCK_NOSPACE. However, when
we return -EAGAIN from the write path b/c we are over the tcp memory
limits and not b/c we are over the sndbuf, we are never going to get
another wakeup.
I can reproduce this issue, using SO_SNDBUF, since __sk_mem_schedule()
will return 0, or failure more readily with SO_SNDBUF:
1) create socket and set SO_SNDBUF to N
2) add socket as edge trigger
3) write to socket and block in epoll on -EAGAIN
4) cause tcp mem pressure via: echo "<small val>" > net.ipv4.tcp_mem
The fix here is simply to set SOCK_NOSPACE in sk_stream_wait_memory()
when the socket is non-blocking. Note that SOCK_NOSPACE, in addition
to waking up outstanding waiters is also used to expand the size of
the sk->sndbuf. However, we will not expand it by setting it in this
case because tcp_should_expand_sndbuf(), ensures that no expansion
occurs when we are under tcp memory pressure.
Note that we could still hang if sk->sk_wmem_queue is 0, when we get
the -EAGAIN. In this case the SOCK_NOSPACE bit will not help, since we
are waiting for and event that will never happen. I believe
that this case is harder to hit (and did not hit in my testing),
in that over the tcp 'soft' memory limits, we continue to guarantee a
minimum write buffer size. Perhaps, we could return -ENOSPC in this
case, or maybe we simply issue a wakeup in this case, such that we
keep retrying the write. Note that this case is not specific to
epoll() ET, but rather would affect blocking sockets as well. So I
view this patch as bringing epoll() edge-trigger into sync with the
current poll()/select()/epoll() level trigger and blocking sockets
behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Seccomp has always been a special candidate when it comes to preparation
of its filters in seccomp_prepare_filter(). Due to the extra checks and
filter rewrite it partially duplicates code and has BPF internals exposed.
This patch adds a generic API inside the BPF code code that seccomp can use
and thus keep it's filter preparation code minimal and better maintainable.
The other side-effect is that now classic JITs can add seccomp support as
well by only providing a BPF_LDX | BPF_W | BPF_ABS translation.
Tested with seccomp and BPF test suites.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When seccomp BPF was added, it was discussed to add __GFP_NOWARN
flag for their configuration path as f.e. up to 32K allocations are
more prone to fail under stress. As we're going to reuse BPF API,
add __GFP_NOWARN flags where larger kmalloc() and friends allocations
could fail.
It doesn't make much sense to pass around __GFP_NOWARN everywhere as
an extra argument only for seccomp while we just as well could run
into similar issues for socket filters, where it's not desired to
have a user application throw a WARN() due to allocation failure.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove the calls to bpf_check_classic(), bpf_convert_filter() and
bpf_migrate_runtime() and let bpf_prepare_filter() take care of that
instead.
seccomp_check_filter() is passed to bpf_prepare_filter() so that it
gets called from there, after bpf_check_classic().
We can now remove exposure of two internal classic BPF functions
previously used by seccomp. The export of bpf_check_classic() symbol,
previously known as sk_chk_filter(), was there since pre git times,
and no in-tree module was using it, therefore remove it.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is in preparation for use by the seccomp code, the rationale is
not to duplicate additional code within the seccomp layer, but instead,
have it abstracted and hidden within the classic BPF API.
As an interim step, this now also makes bpf_prepare_filter() visible
(not as exported symbol though), so that seccomp can reuse that code
path instead of reimplementing it.
Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> net/core/skbuff.c:4108:13: sparse: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
> net/ipv6/mcast_snoop.c:63 ipv6_mc_check_exthdrs() warn: unsigned 'offset' is never less than zero.
Introduced by 9afd85c9e4
("net: Export IGMP/MLD message validation code")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code in __netdev_upper_dev_link() has an over-stringent
loop detection logic that actually prevents valid configurations
from working correctly.
In particular, the logic returns an error if an upper device
is already in the list of all upper devices for a given dev.
This particular check seems to be a overzealous as it disallows
perfectly valid configurations. For example:
# ip l a link eth0 name eth0.10 type vlan id 10
# ip l a dev br0 typ bridge
# ip l s eth0.10 master br0
# ip l s eth0 master br0 <--- Will fail
If you switch the last two commands (add eth0 first), then both
will succeed. If after that, you remove eth0 and try to re-add
it, it will fail!
It appears to be enough to simply check adj_list to keeps things
safe.
I've tried stacking multiple devices multiple times in all different
combinations, and either rx_handler registration prevented the stacking
of the device linking cought the error.
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, the IGMP and MLD message validation functions are moved
from the bridge code to IPv4/IPv6 multicast files. Some small
refactoring was done to enhance readibility and to iron out some
differences in behaviour between the IGMP and MLD parsing code (e.g. the
skb-cloning of MLD messages is now only done if necessary, just like the
IGMP part always did).
Finally, these IGMP and MLD message validation functions are exported so
that not only the bridge can use it but batman-adv later, too.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit c243d7e209.
That patch is solving a non-existant problem while creating a
real problem. Just because a socket is allocated in the init
name space doesn't mean that it gets hashed in the init name space.
When we unhash it the name space must be the same as the one
we had when we hashed it. So this patch is completely bogus
and causes socket leaks.
Reported-by: Andrey Wagin <avagin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some users of flow keys (well just sch_choke now) need to pass
flow_keys in skbuff cb, and use them for exact comparisons of flows
so that skb->hash is not sufficient. In order to increase size of
the flow_keys structure, we introduce another structure for
the purpose of passing flow keys in skbuff cb. We limit this structure
to sixteen bytes, and we will technically treat this as a digest of
flow_keys struct hence its name flow_keys_digest. In the first
incaranation we just copy the flow_keys structure up to 16 bytes--
this is the same information previously passed in the cb. In the
future, we'll adapt this for larger flow_keys and could use something
like SHA-1 over the whole flow_keys to improve the quality of the
digest.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This calls flow_disect and __skb_get_hash to procure a hash for a
packet. Input includes a key to initialize jhash. This function
does not set skb->hash.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TC classifiers/actions were converted to RCU by John in the series:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/329739/focus=329739
and many follow on patches.
This is the last patch from that series that finally drops
ingress spin_lock.
Single cpu ingress+u32 performance goes from 22.9 Mpps to 24.5 Mpps.
In two cpu case when both cores are receiving traffic on the same
device and go into the same ingress+u32 the performance jumps
from 4.5 + 4.5 Mpps to 23.5 + 23.5 Mpps
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NLM_F_MULTI must be used only when a NLMSG_DONE message is sent. In fact,
it is sent only at the end of a dump.
Libraries like libnl will wait forever for NLMSG_DONE.
Fixes: e5a55a8987 ("net: create generic bridge ops")
Fixes: 815cccbf10 ("ixgbe: add setlink, getlink support to ixgbe and ixgbevf")
CC: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@emulex.com>
CC: Subbu Seetharaman <subbu.seetharaman@emulex.com>
CC: Ajit Khaparde <ajit.khaparde@emulex.com>
CC: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: intel-wired-lan@lists.osuosl.org
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
CC: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 567e4b7973 ("net: rfs: add hash collision detection") had one
mistake :
RPS_NO_CPU is no longer the marker for invalid cpu in set_rps_cpu()
and get_rps_cpu(), as @next_cpu was the result of an AND with
rps_cpu_mask
This bug showed up on a host with 72 cpus :
next_cpu was 0x7f, and the code was trying to access percpu data of an
non existent cpu.
In a follow up patch, we might get rid of compares against nr_cpu_ids,
if we init the tables with 0. This is silly to test for a very unlikely
condition that exists only shortly after table initialization, as
we got rid of rps_reset_sock_flow() and similar functions that were
writing this RPS_NO_CPU magic value at flow dismantle : When table is
old enough, it never contains this value anymore.
Fixes: 567e4b7973 ("net: rfs: add hash collision detection")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Cc: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
build_skb() should look at the page pfmemalloc status.
If set, this means page allocator allocated this page in the
expectation it would help to free other pages. Networking
stack can do that only if skb->pfmemalloc is also set.
Also, we must refrain using high order pages from the pfmemalloc
reserve, so __page_frag_refill() must also use __GFP_NOMEMALLOC for
them. Under memory pressure, using order-0 pages is probably the best
strategy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check for hrtimer_active() after starting the timer is
pointless. If the timer is inactive it has expired already and
therefor the task pointer is already NULL.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Preeti U Murthy <preeti@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20150414203503.165258315@linutronix.de
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
In commit 04ffcb255f ("net: Add ndo_gso_check") Tom originally
added the 'dev' argument to be able to call ndo_gso_check().
Then later, when generalizing this in commit 5f35227ea3
("net: Generalize ndo_gso_check to ndo_features_check")
Jesse removed the call to ndo_gso_check() in netif_needs_gso()
by calling the new ndo_features_check() in a different place.
This made the 'dev' argument unused.
Remove the unused argument and go back to the code as before.
Cc: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Wed, Apr 15, 2015 at 05:41:26PM +0200, Nicolas Dichtel wrote:
> Le 15/04/2015 15:57, Herbert Xu a écrit :
> >On Wed, Apr 15, 2015 at 06:22:29PM +0800, Herbert Xu wrote:
> [snip]
> >Subject: skbuff: Do not scrub skb mark within the same name space
> >
> >The commit ea23192e8e ("tunnels:
> Maybe add a Fixes tag?
> Fixes: ea23192e8e ("tunnels: harmonize cleanup done on skb on rx path")
>
> >harmonize cleanup done on skb on rx path") broke anyone trying to
> >use netfilter marking across IPv4 tunnels. While most of the
> >fields that are cleared by skb_scrub_packet don't matter, the
> >netfilter mark must be preserved.
> >
> >This patch rearranges skb_scurb_packet to preserve the mark field.
> nit: s/scurb/scrub
>
> Else it's fine for me.
Sure.
PS I used the wrong email for James the first time around. So
let me repeat the question here. Should secmark be preserved
or cleared across tunnels within the same name space? In fact,
do our security models even support name spaces?
---8<---
The commit ea23192e8e ("tunnels:
harmonize cleanup done on skb on rx path") broke anyone trying to
use netfilter marking across IPv4 tunnels. While most of the
fields that are cleared by skb_scrub_packet don't matter, the
netfilter mark must be preserved.
This patch rearranges skb_scrub_packet to preserve the mark field.
Fixes: ea23192e8e ("tunnels: harmonize cleanup done on skb on rx path")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts commit b8fb4e0648
because the secmark must be preserved even when a packet crosses
namespace boundaries. The reason is that security labels apply to
the system as a whole and is not per-namespace.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the short-term solution, lets fix bpf helper functions to use
skb->mac_header relative offsets instead of skb->data in order to
get the same eBPF programs with cls_bpf and act_bpf work on ingress
and egress qdisc path. We need to ensure that mac_header is set
before calling into programs. This is effectively the first option
from below referenced discussion.
More long term solution for LD_ABS|LD_IND instructions will be more
intrusive but also more beneficial than this, and implemented later
as it's too risky at this point in time.
I.e., we plan to look into the option of moving skb_pull() out of
eth_type_trans() and into netif_receive_skb() as has been suggested
as second option. Meanwhile, this solution ensures ingress can be
used with eBPF, too, and that we won't run into ABI troubles later.
For dealing with negative offsets inside eBPF helper functions,
we've implemented bpf_skb_clone_unwritable() to test for unwriteable
headers.
Reference: http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/359129/focus=359694
Fixes: 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action")
Fixes: 91bc4822c3 ("tc: bpf: add checksum helpers")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove duplicated include.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Al Viro says:
====================
netdev-related stuff in vfs.git
There are several commits sitting in vfs.git that probably ought to go in
via net-next.git. First of all, there's merge with vfs.git#iocb - that's
Christoph's aio rework, which has triggered conflicts with the ->sendmsg()
and ->recvmsg() patches a while ago. It's not so much Christoph's stuff
that ought to be in net-next, as (pretty simple) conflict resolution on merge.
The next chunk is switch to {compat_,}import_iovec/import_single_range - new
safer primitives for initializing iov_iter. The primitives themselves come
from vfs/git#iov_iter (and they are used quite a lot in vfs part of queue),
conversion of net/socket.c syscalls belongs in net-next, IMO. Next there's
afs and rxrpc stuff from dhowells. And then there's sanitizing kernel_sendmsg
et.al. + missing inlined helper for "how much data is left in msg->msg_iter" -
this stuff is used in e.g. cifs stuff, but it belongs in net-next.
That pile is pullable from
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs.git for-davem
I'll post the individual patches in there in followups; could you take a look
and tell if everything in there is OK with you?
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even if we make use of classifier and actions from the egress
path, we're going into handle_ing() executing additional code
on a per-packet cost for ingress qdisc, just to realize that
nothing is attached on ingress.
Instead, this can just be blinded out as a no-op entirely with
the use of a static key. On input fast-path, we already make
use of static keys in various places, e.g. skb time stamping,
in RPS, etc. It makes sense to not waste time when we're assured
that no ingress qdisc is attached anywhere.
Enabling/disabling of that code path is being done via two
helpers, namely net_{inc,dec}_ingress_queue(), that are being
invoked under RTNL mutex when a ingress qdisc is being either
initialized or destructed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-04-11
This series contains updates to iflink, ixgbe and ixgbevf.
The entire set of changes come from Vlad Zolotarov to ultimately add
the ethtool ops to VF driver to allow querying the RSS indirection table
and RSS random key.
Currently we support only 82599 and x540 devices. On those devices, VFs
share the RSS redirection table and hash key with a PF. Letting the VF
query this information may introduce some security risks, therefore this
feature will be disabled by default.
The new netdev op allows a system administrator to change the default
behaviour with "ip link set" command. The relevant iproute2 patch has
already been sent and awaits for this series upstream.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent adoption of skc_cookie in struct sock_common,
struct tcp_timewait_sock size increased from 192 to 200 bytes
on 64bit arches. SLAB rounds then to 256 bytes.
It is time to drop SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN constraint for twsk_slab.
This saves about 12 MB of memory on typical configuration reaching
262144 timewait sockets, and has no noticeable impact on performance.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add configuration setting for drivers to allow/block an RSS Redirection
Table and a Hash Key querying for discrete VFs.
On some devices VF share the mentioned above information with PF and
querying it may adduce a theoretical security risk. We want to let a
system administrator to decide if he/she wants to take this risk or not.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When an FDB entry is added or deleted the information about VLAN
is not passed to listening applications like 'bridge monitor fdb'.
With this patch VLAN ID is passed if it was set in the original
netlink message.
Also remove an unused bdev variable.
Signed-off-by: Hubert Sokolowski <hubert.sokolowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Which this patch, it's possible to dump the list of ids allocated for peer
netns.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, netns ids that are created and deleted are advertised into the
group RTNLGRP_NSID.
Because callers of rtnl_net_notifyid() already know the id of the peer, there is
no need to call __peernet2id() in rtnl_net_fill().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to initialize err, it will be overridden by the value of nlmsg_parse().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the output paths in particular, we have to sometimes deal with two
socket contexts. First, and usually skb->sk, is the local socket that
generated the frame.
And second, is potentially the socket used to control a tunneling
socket, such as one the encapsulates using UDP.
We do not want to disassociate skb->sk when encapsulating in order
to fix this, because that would break socket memory accounting.
The most extreme case where this can cause huge problems is an
AF_PACKET socket transmitting over a vxlan device. We hit code
paths doing checks that assume they are dealing with an ipv4
socket, but are actually operating upon the AF_PACKET one.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/cmd.c
net/core/fib_rules.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
The fib_rules.c and fib_frontend.c conflicts were locking adjustments
in 'net' overlapping addition and removal of code in 'net-next'.
The mlx4 conflict was a bug fix in 'net' happening in the same
place a constant was being replaced with a more suitable macro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 608cd71a9c ("tc: bpf: generalize pedit action") has added the
possibility to mangle packet data to BPF programs in the tc pipeline.
This patch adds two helpers bpf_l3_csum_replace() and bpf_l4_csum_replace()
for fixing up the protocol checksums after the packet mangling.
It also adds 'flags' argument to bpf_skb_store_bytes() helper to avoid
unnecessary checksum recomputations when BPF programs adjusting l3/l4
checksums and documents all three helpers in uapi header.
Moreover, a sample program is added to show how BPF programs can make use
of the mangle and csum helpers.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should not consult skb->sk for output decisions in xmit recursion
levels > 0 in the stack. Otherwise local socket settings could influence
the result of e.g. tunnel encapsulation process.
ipv6 does not conform with this in three places:
1) ip6_fragment: we do consult ipv6_npinfo for frag_size
2) sk_mc_loop in ipv6 uses skb->sk and checks if we should
loop the packet back to the local socket
3) ip6_skb_dst_mtu could query the settings from the user socket and
force a wrong MTU
Furthermore:
In sk_mc_loop we could potentially land in WARN_ON(1) if we use a
PF_PACKET socket ontop of an IPv6-backed vxlan device.
Reuse xmit_recursion as we are currently only interested in protecting
tunnel devices.
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the ability to read out the skb->priority from an eBPF
program, so that it can be taken into account from a tc filter
or action for the use-case where the priority is not being used
to directly override the filter classification in a qdisc, but
to tag traffic otherwise for the classifier; the priority can be
assigned from various places incl. user space, in future we may
also mangle it from an eBPF program.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First, let's explain the problem.
Suppose you have an ipip interface that stands in the netns foo and its link
part in the netns bar (so the netns bar has an nsid into the netns foo).
Now, you remove the netns bar:
- the bar nsid into the netns foo is removed
- the netns exit method of ipip is called, thus our ipip iface is removed:
=> a netlink message is built in the netns foo to advertise this deletion
=> this netlink message requests an nsid for bar, thus a new nsid is
allocated for bar and never removed.
This patch adds a check in peernet2id() so that an id cannot be allocated for
a netns which is currently destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts
commit 4217291e59 ("netns: don't clear nsid too early on removal").
This is not the right fix, it introduces races.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to hold rtnl lock for fib_rules_unregister()
otherwise the following race could happen:
fib_rules_unregister(): fib_nl_delrule():
... ...
... ops = lookup_rules_ops();
list_del_rcu(&ops->list);
list_for_each_entry(ops->rules) {
fib_rules_cleanup_ops(ops); ...
list_del_rcu(); list_del_rcu();
}
Note, net->rules_mod_lock is actually not needed at all,
either upper layer netns code or rtnl lock guarantees
we are safe.
Cc: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/asix_common.c
drivers/net/usb/sr9800.c
drivers/net/usb/usbnet.c
include/linux/usb/usbnet.h
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c
The TCP conflicts were overlapping changes. In 'net' we added a
READ_ONCE() to the socket cached RX route read, whilst in 'net-next'
Eric Dumazet touched the surrounding code dealing with how mini
sockets are handled.
With USB, it's a case of the same bug fix first going into net-next
and then I cherry picked it back into net.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Virtual interfaces are supposed to set an iflink value != of their ifindex.
It was not the case for some of them, like vxlan, bond or bridge.
Let's set iflink to 0 when dev->rtnl_link_ops is set.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that all users of iflink have the ndo_get_iflink handler available, it's
possible to remove this field.
By default, dev_get_iflink() returns the ifindex of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this patch is to prepare the removal of the iflink field. It
introduces a new ndo function, which will be implemented by virtual interfaces.
There is no functional change into this patch. All readers of iflink field
now call dev_get_iflink().
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unlike other places, this function uses name "dev" for what should be
"orig_dev", which might be a bit confusing. So fix this.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As there are a number of (especially virtual) devices that don't
need the multiple vlan check, introduce passthru_features_check() for
convenience.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To allow drivers to handle the features check for multiple tags,
move the check to ndo_features_check().
As no drivers currently handle multiple tagged TSO, introduce
dflt_features_check() and call it if the driver does not have
ndo_features_check().
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate the two checks for single vlan and multiple vlans in
netif_skb_features(). This allows us to move the check for multiple
vlans to another function later.
Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
existing TC action 'pedit' can munge any bits of the packet.
Generalize it for use in bpf programs attached as cls_bpf and act_bpf via
bpf_skb_store_bytes() helper function.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the current code, ids are removed too early.
Suppose you have an ipip interface that stands in the netns foo and its link
part in the netns bar (so the netns bar has an nsid into the netns foo).
Now, you remove the netns bar:
- the bar nsid into the netns foo is removed
- the netns exit method of ipip is called, thus our ipip iface is removed:
=> a netlink message is sent in the netns foo to advertise this deletion
=> this netlink message requests an nsid for bar, thus a new nsid is
allocated for bar and never removed.
We must remove nsids when we are sure that nobody will refer to netns currently
cleaned.
Fixes: 0c7aecd4bd ("netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If vlan offloading takes place then vlan header is removed from frame
and its contents, both vlan_tci and vlan_proto, is available to user
space via TPACKET interface. However, only vlan_tci can be used in BPF
filters.
This commit introduces a new BPF extension. It makes possible to load
the value of vlan_proto (vlan TPID) to register A. Support for classic
BPF and eBPF is being added, analogous to skb->protocol.
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Sekletar <msekleta@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With dev group, we can change a batch of net devices,
so we should allow to delete them together too.
Group 0 is not allowed to be deleted since it is
the default group.
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We implement the SO_SNDLOWAT etc not to be settable and return
ENOPROTOOPT per 1003.1g 7. Move the comment to appropriate
position and update the reference.
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is a low hanging fruit, as we'll get rid of syn_wait_lock eventually.
We hold syn_wait_lock for such small sections, that it makes no sense to use
a read/write lock. A spin lock is simply faster.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->priority can be set for two purposes:
1) With respect to IP TOS field, which is computed by a mask.
Ususally used for priority qdisc's (pfifo, prio etc.), on TX
side (we only have ingress qdisc on RX side).
2) Used as a classid or flowid, works in the same way with tc
classid. What's more, this can even override the classid
of tc filters.
For case 1), it has been respected within its netns, I don't
see any point of keeping it for another netns, especially
when packets will be forwarded to Rx path (no matter from TX
path or RX path).
For case 2) we care, our applications run inside a netns,
and we classify the packets by our own filters outside,
If some application sets this priority, it could bypass
our filters, therefore clear it when moving out of a netns,
it makes no sense to bypass tc filters out of its netns.
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We send unicast neighbor (ARP or NDP) solicitations ucast_probes
times in PROBE state. Zhu Yanjun reported that some implementation
does not reply against them and the entry will become FAILED, which
is undesirable.
We had been dealt with such nodes by sending multicast probes mcast_
solicit times after unicast probes in PROBE state. In 2003, I made
a change not to send them to improve compatibility with IPv6 NDP.
Let's introduce per-protocol per-interface sysctl knob "mcast_
reprobe" to configure the number of multicast (re)solicitation for
reconfirmation in PROBE state. The default is 0, since we have
been doing so for 10+ years.
Reported-by: Zhu Yanjun <Yanjun.Zhu@windriver.com>
CC: Ulf Samuelsson <ulf.samuelsson@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <hideaki.yoshifuji@miraclelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to prepare eBPF support for tc action, we need to add
sched_act_type, so that the eBPF verifier is aware of what helper
function act_bpf may use, that it can load skb data and read out
currently available skb fields.
This is bascially analogous to 96be4325f4 ("ebpf: add sched_cls_type
and map it to sk_filter's verifier ops").
BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS and BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_ACT need to be
separate since both will have a different set of functionality in
future (classifier vs action), thus we won't run into ABI troubles
when the point in time comes to diverge functionality from the
classifier.
The future plan for act_bpf would be that it will be able to write
into skb->data and alter selected fields mirrored in struct __sk_buff.
For an initial support, it's sufficient to map it to sk_filter_ops.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
net/core/sysctl_net_core.c
net/ipv4/inet_diag.c
The be_main.c conflict resolution was really tricky. The conflict
hunks generated by GIT were very unhelpful, to say the least. It
split functions in half and moved them around, when the real actual
conflict only existed solely inside of one function, that being
be_map_pci_bars().
So instead, to resolve this, I checked out be_main.c from the top
of net-next, then I applied the be_main.c changes from 'net' since
the last time I merged. And this worked beautifully.
The inet_diag.c and sysctl_net_core.c conflicts were simple
overlapping changes, and were easily to resolve.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit c249739579 ("bpf: allow BPF programs access 'protocol' and 'vlan_tci'
fields") has added support for accessing protocol, vlan_present and vlan_tci
into the skb offset map.
As referenced in the below discussion, accessing skb->protocol from an eBPF
program should be converted without handling endianess.
The reason for this is that an eBPF program could simply do a check more
naturally, by f.e. testing skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_IP), where the LLVM
compiler resolves htons() against a constant automatically during compilation
time, as opposed to an otherwise needed run time conversion.
After all, the way of programming both from a user perspective differs quite
a lot, i.e. bpf_asm ["ld proto"] versus a C subset/LLVM.
Reference: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/450819/
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk_ack_backlog & sk_max_ack_backlog were 16bit fields, meaning
listen() backlog was limited to 65535.
It is time to increase the width to allow much bigger backlog,
if admins change /proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn &
/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog default values.
Tested:
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/core/somaxconn
echo 5000000 >/proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_max_syn_backlog
Ran a SYNFLOOD test against a listener using listen(fd, 5000000)
myhost~# grep request_sock_TCP /proc/slabinfo
request_sock_TCP 4185642 4411940 304 13 1 : tunables 54 27 8 : slabdata 339380 339380 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the major issue for TCP is the SYNACK rtx handling,
done by inet_csk_reqsk_queue_prune(), fired by the keepalive
timer of a TCP_LISTEN socket.
This function runs for awful long times, with socket lock held,
meaning that other cpus needing this lock have to spin for hundred of ms.
SYNACK are sent in huge bursts, likely to cause severe drops anyway.
This model was OK 15 years ago when memory was very tight.
We now can afford to have a timer per request sock.
Timer invocations no longer need to lock the listener,
and can be run from all cpus in parallel.
With following patch increasing somaxconn width to 32 bits,
I tested a listener with more than 4 million active request sockets,
and a steady SYNFLOOD of ~200,000 SYN per second.
Host was sending ~830,000 SYNACK per second.
This is ~100 times more what we could achieve before this patch.
Later, we will get rid of the listener hash and use ehash instead.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a networking device is taken down that has a non-trivial number
of VLAN devices configured under it, we eat a full synchronize_net()
for every such VLAN device.
This is because of the call chain:
NETDEV_DOWN notifier
--> vlan_device_event()
--> dev_change_flags()
--> __dev_change_flags()
--> __dev_close()
--> __dev_close_many()
--> dev_deactivate_many()
--> synchronize_net()
This is kind of rediculous because we already have infrastructure for
batching doing operation X to a list of net devices so that we only
incur one sync.
So make use of that by exporting dev_close_many() and adjusting it's
interfaace so that the caller can fully manage the batch list. Use
this in vlan_device_event() and all the overhead goes away.
Reported-by: Salam Noureddine <noureddine@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to port id allow netdevices to specify port names and export
the name via sysfs. Drivers can implement the netdevice operation to
assist udev in having sane default names for the devices using the
rule:
$ cat /etc/udev/rules.d/80-net-setup-link.rules
SUBSYSTEM=="net", ACTION=="add", ATTR{phys_port_name}!="",
NAME="$attr{phys_port_name}"
Use of phys_name versus phys_id was suggested-by Jiri Pirko.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a tx_maxrate attribute to the tx queue sysfs entry allowing
for max-rate limiting. Along with DCB-ETS and BQL this provides another
knob to tune queue performance. The limit units are Mbps.
By default it is disabled. To disable the rate limitation after it
has been set for a queue, it should be set to zero.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The listener field in struct tcp_request_sock is a pointer
back to the listener. We now have req->rsk_listener, so TCP
only needs one boolean and not a full pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
as a follow on to patch 70006af955 ("bpf: allow eBPF access skb fields")
this patch allows 'protocol' and 'vlan_tci' fields to be accessible
from extended BPF programs.
The usage of 'protocol', 'vlan_present' and 'vlan_tci' fields is the same as
corresponding SKF_AD_PROTOCOL, SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG_PRESENT and SKF_AD_VLAN_TAG
accesses in classic BPF.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Creating a kernel socket with sock_create_kern() happens in "init_net"
namespace, however, releasing it with sk_release_kernel() occurs in
the current namespace which may be different with "init_net" namespace.
Therefore, we should guarantee that the namespace in which a kernel
socket is created is same as the socket is created.
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
reqsk_put() is the generic function that should be used
to release a refcount (and automatically call reqsk_free())
reqsk_free() might be called if refcount is known to be 0
or undefined.
refcnt is set to one in inet_csk_reqsk_queue_add()
As request socks are not yet in global ehash table,
I added temporary debugging checks in reqsk_put() and reqsk_free()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_edemux() is not used in fast path, and should
really call sock_gen_put() to save some code.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
introduce user accessible mirror of in-kernel 'struct sk_buff':
struct __sk_buff {
__u32 len;
__u32 pkt_type;
__u32 mark;
__u32 queue_mapping;
};
bpf programs can do:
int bpf_prog(struct __sk_buff *skb)
{
__u32 var = skb->pkt_type;
which will be compiled to bpf assembler as:
dst_reg = *(u32 *)(src_reg + 4) // 4 == offsetof(struct __sk_buff, pkt_type)
bpf verifier will check validity of access and will convert it to:
dst_reg = *(u8 *)(src_reg + offsetof(struct sk_buff, __pkt_type_offset))
dst_reg &= 7
since skb->pkt_type is a bitfield.
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the possibility to obtain raw_smp_processor_id() in
eBPF. Currently, this is only possible in classic BPF where commit
da2033c282 ("filter: add SKF_AD_RXHASH and SKF_AD_CPU") has added
facilities for this.
Perhaps most importantly, this would also allow us to track per CPU
statistics with eBPF maps, or to implement a poor-man's per CPU data
structure through eBPF maps.
Example function proto-type looks like:
u32 (*smp_processor_id)(void) = (void *)BPF_FUNC_get_smp_processor_id;
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This work is similar to commit 4cd3675ebf ("filter: added BPF
random opcode") and adds a possibility for packet sampling in eBPF.
Currently, this is only possible in classic BPF and useful to
combine sampling with f.e. packet sockets, possible also with tc.
Example function proto-type looks like:
u32 (*prandom_u32)(void) = (void *)BPF_FUNC_get_prandom_u32;
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_edemux() & sock_gen_put() should be ready to cope with request socks.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make proto_register() & proto_unregister() a bit nicer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
hold_net and release_net were an idea that turned out to be useless.
The code has been disabled since 2008. Kill the code it is long past due.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Test that sk != NULL before reading sk->sk_tsflags.
Fixes: 49ca0d8bfa ("net-timestamp: no-payload option")
Reported-by: One Thousand Gnomes <gnomes@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
John reported that my previous commit added a regression
on his router.
This is because sender_cpu & napi_id share a common location,
so get_xps_queue() can see garbage and perform an out of bound access.
We need to make sure sender_cpu is cleared before doing the transmit,
otherwise any NIC busy poll enabled (skb_mark_napi_id()) can trigger
this bug.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Bisected-by: John <jw@nuclearfallout.net>
Fixes: 2bd82484bb ("xps: fix xps for stacked devices")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A long standing problem in netlink socket dumps is the use
of kernel socket addresses as cookies.
1) It is a security concern.
2) Sockets can be reused quite quickly, so there is
no guarantee a cookie is used once and identify
a flow.
3) request sock, establish sock, and timewait socks
for a given flow have different cookies.
Part of our effort to bring better TCP statistics requires
to switch to a different allocator.
In this patch, I chose to use a per network namespace 64bit generator,
and to use it only in the case a socket needs to be dumped to netlink.
(This might be refined later if needed)
Note that I tried to carry cookies from request sock, to establish sock,
then timewait sockets.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Eric Salo <salo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is meant to collapse local and main into one by converting
tb_data from an array to a pointer. Doing this allows us to point the
local table into the main while maintaining the same variables in the
table.
As such the tb_data was converted from an array to a pointer, and a new
array called data is added in order to still provide an object for tb_data
to point to.
In order to track the origin of the fib aliases a tb_id value was added in
a hole that existed on 64b systems. Using this we can also reverse the
merge in the event that custom FIB rules are enabled.
With this patch I am seeing an improvement of 20ns to 30ns for routing
lookups as long as custom rules are not enabled, with custom rules enabled
we fall back to split tables and the original behavior.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If rtnl_newlink() fails on it's call to dev_change_net_namespace(), we
have to make use of the ->dellink() method, if present, just like we
do when rtnl_configure_link() fails.
Fixes: 317f4810e4 ("rtnl: allow to create device with IFLA_LINK_NETNSID set")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sock_diag_check_cookie() second parameter is constant
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a helper function which allows getting the struct net_device pointer
associated with a given struct device_node pointer. This is useful for
instance for DSA Ethernet devices not backed by a platform_device, but a PCI
device.
Since we need to access net_class which is not accessible outside of
net/core/net-sysfs.c, this helper function is also added here and gated
with CONFIG_OF_NET.
Network devices initialized with SET_NETDEV_DEV() are also taken into
account by checking for dev->parent first and then falling back to
checking the device pointer within struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with
neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family
as a parameter.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some drivers use copybreak to copy tiny frames into smaller skb,
and this smaller skb might not have skb->head_frag set for various
reasons.
skb_gro_receive() currently doesn't allow to aggregate the smaller skb
into the previous GRO packet if this GRO packet has at least 2 MSS in
it.
Following workload easily demonstrates the problem.
netperf -t TCP_RR -H target -- -r 3000,3000
(tcpdump shows one GRO packet with 2 MSS, plus one additional packet of
104 bytes that should have been appended.)
It turns out that we can remove code from skb_gro_receive(), because
commit 8a29111c7c ("net: gro: allow to build full sized skb") and its
followups removed the assumption that a GRO packet with a frag_list had
to have an empty head.
Removing this code allows the aggregation of the last (incomplete) frame
in some RPC workloads. Note that tcp_gro_receive() already takes care of
forcing a flush if necessary, including this case.
If we want to avoid using frag_list in the first place (in forwarding
workloads for example, as the outgoing NIC is generally not able to cope
with skbs having a frag_list), we need to address this separately.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For MPLS I am building the code so that either the neighbour mac
address can be specified or we can have a next hop in ipv4 or ipv6.
The kind of next hop we have is indicated by the neighbour table
pointer. A neighbour table pointer of NULL is a link layer address.
A non-NULL neighbour table pointer indicates which neighbour table and
thus which address family the next hop address is in that we need to
look up.
The code either sends a packet directly or looks up the appropriate
neighbour table entry and sends the packet.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While looking at the mpls code I found myself writing yet another
version of neigh_lookup_noref. We currently have __ipv4_lookup_noref
and __ipv6_lookup_noref.
So to make my work a little easier and to make it a smidge easier to
verify/maintain the mpls code in the future I stopped and wrote
___neigh_lookup_noref. Then I rewote __ipv4_lookup_noref and
__ipv6_lookup_noref in terms of this new function. I tested my new
version by verifying that the same code is generated in
ip_finish_output2 and ip6_finish_output2 where these functions are
inlined.
To get to ___neigh_lookup_noref I added a new neighbour cache table
function key_eq. So that the static size of the key would be
available.
I also added __neigh_lookup_noref for people who want to to lookup
a neighbour table entry quickly but don't know which neibhgour table
they are going to look up.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/rocker/rocker.c
The rocker commit was two overlapping changes, one to rename
the ->vport member to ->pport, and another making the bitmask
expression use '1ULL' instead of plain '1'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Having a dst helps a little bit for teql but is fundamentally
unnecessary and there are code paths where a dst is not available that
it would be nice to use the neighbour cache.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Add protocol to neigh_tbl so that dst->ops->protocol is not needed
- Acquire the device from neigh->dev
This results in a neigh_hh_init that will cache the samve values
regardless of the packets flowing through it.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only caller is now is ax25_neigh_construct so move
neigh_compat_output into ax25_ip.c make it static and rename it
ax25_neigh_output.
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both sk_attach_filter() and sk_attach_bpf() are setting up sk_filter,
charging skmem and attaching it to the socket after we got the eBPF
prog up and ready. Lets refactor that into a common helper.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[], use
a common function in order to set dropcount in struct sk_buff.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
is_gpl_compatible and prog_type should be moved directly into bpf_prog
as they stay immutable during bpf_prog's lifetime, are core attributes
and they can be locked as read-only later on via bpf_prog_select_runtime().
With a bit of rearranging, this also allows us to shrink bpf_prog_aux
to exactly 1 cacheline.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As discussed recently and at netconf/netdev01, we want to prevent making
bpf_verifier_ops registration available for modules, but have them at a
controlled place inside the kernel instead.
The reason for this is, that out-of-tree modules can go crazy and define
and register any verfifier ops they want, doing all sorts of crap, even
bypassing available GPLed eBPF helper functions. We don't want to offer
such a shiny playground, of course, but keep strict control to ourselves
inside the core kernel.
This also encourages us to design eBPF user helpers carefully and
generically, so they can be shared among various subsystems using eBPF.
For the eBPF traffic classifier (cls_bpf), it's a good start to share
the same helper facilities as we currently do in eBPF for socket filters.
That way, we have BPF_PROG_TYPE_SCHED_CLS look like it's own type, thus
one day if there's a good reason to diverge the set of helper functions
from the set available to socket filters, we keep ABI compatibility.
In future, we could place all bpf_prog_type_list at a central place,
perhaps.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gets rid of CONFIG_BPF_SYSCALL ifdefs in the socket filter code,
now that the BPF internal header can deal with it.
While going over it, I also changed eBPF related functions to a sk_filter
prefix to be more consistent with the rest of the file.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can move bpf_map_ops and bpf_verifier_ops and other structs into ro
section, bpf_map_type_list and bpf_prog_type_list into read mostly.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We did a failed attempt in the past to only use rcu in rtnl dump
operations (commit e67f88dd12 "net: dont hold rtnl mutex during
netlink dump callbacks")
Now that dumps are holding RTNL anyway, there is no need to also
use rcu locking, as it forbids any scheduling ability, like
GFP_KERNEL allocations that controlling path should use instead
of GFP_ATOMIC whenever possible.
This should fix following splat Cong Wang reported :
[ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ]
3.19.0+ #805 Tainted: G W
include/linux/rcupdate.h:538 Illegal context switch in RCU read-side critical section!
other info that might help us debug this:
rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
2 locks held by ip/771:
#0: (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8182b8f4>] netlink_dump+0x21/0x26c
#1: (rcu_read_lock){......}, at: [<ffffffff817d785b>] rcu_read_lock+0x0/0x6e
stack backtrace:
CPU: 3 PID: 771 Comm: ip Tainted: G W 3.19.0+ #805
Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
0000000000000001 ffff8800d51e7718 ffffffff81a27457 0000000029e729e6
ffff8800d6108000 ffff8800d51e7748 ffffffff810b539b ffffffff820013dd
00000000000001c8 0000000000000000 ffff8800d7448088 ffff8800d51e7758
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81a27457>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
[<ffffffff810b539b>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0x107/0x110
[<ffffffff8109796f>] rcu_preempt_sleep_check+0x45/0x47
[<ffffffff8109e457>] ___might_sleep+0x1d/0x1cb
[<ffffffff8109e67d>] __might_sleep+0x78/0x80
[<ffffffff814b9b1f>] idr_alloc+0x45/0xd1
[<ffffffff810cb7ab>] ? rcu_read_lock_held+0x3b/0x3d
[<ffffffff814b9f9d>] ? idr_for_each+0x53/0x101
[<ffffffff817c1383>] alloc_netid+0x61/0x69
[<ffffffff817c14c3>] __peernet2id+0x79/0x8d
[<ffffffff817c1ab7>] peernet2id+0x13/0x1f
[<ffffffff817d8673>] rtnl_fill_ifinfo+0xa8d/0xc20
[<ffffffff810b17d9>] ? __lock_is_held+0x39/0x52
[<ffffffff817d894f>] rtnl_dump_ifinfo+0x149/0x213
[<ffffffff8182b9c2>] netlink_dump+0xef/0x26c
[<ffffffff8182bcba>] netlink_recvmsg+0x17b/0x2c5
[<ffffffff817b0adc>] __sock_recvmsg+0x4e/0x59
[<ffffffff817b1b40>] sock_recvmsg+0x3f/0x51
[<ffffffff817b1f9a>] ___sys_recvmsg+0xf6/0x1d9
[<ffffffff8115dc67>] ? handle_pte_fault+0x6e1/0xd3d
[<ffffffff8100a3a0>] ? native_sched_clock+0x35/0x37
[<ffffffff8109f45b>] ? sched_clock_local+0x12/0x72
[<ffffffff8109f6ac>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0x9e/0xb7
[<ffffffff810cb7ab>] ? rcu_read_lock_held+0x3b/0x3d
[<ffffffff811abde8>] ? __fcheck_files+0x4c/0x58
[<ffffffff811ac556>] ? __fget_light+0x2d/0x52
[<ffffffff817b376f>] __sys_recvmsg+0x42/0x60
[<ffffffff817b379f>] SyS_recvmsg+0x12/0x1c
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Fixes: 0c7aecd4bd ("netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids")
Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When applicable verify that the caller has permisson to the underlying
network namespace for a newly created network device.
Similary checks exist for the network namespace a network device will
be created in.
Fixes: 317f4810e4 ("rtnl: allow to create device with IFLA_LINK_NETNSID set")
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When applicable verify that the caller has permision to create a
network device in another network namespace. This check is already
present when moving a network device between network namespaces in
setlink so all that is needed is to duplicate that check in newlink.
This change almost backports cleanly, but there are context conflicts
as the code that follows was added in v4.0-rc1
Fixes: b51642f6d7 net: Enable a userns root rtnl calls that are safe for unprivilged users
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Arrays (when not in a struct) "shall have a value greater than zero".
GCC complains when it's not the case here.
Fixes: ba7d49b1f0 ("rtnetlink: provide api for getting and setting slave info")
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trying to use burst capability (aka xmit_more) on a virtual device
like bonding is not supported.
For example, skb might be queued multiple times on a qdisc, with
various list corruptions.
Fixes: 38b2cf2982 ("net: pktgen: packet bursting via skb->xmit_more")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
